[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025035357A1 - Object detection method, device, and system - Google Patents

Object detection method, device, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2025035357A1
WO2025035357A1 PCT/CN2023/112912 CN2023112912W WO2025035357A1 WO 2025035357 A1 WO2025035357 A1 WO 2025035357A1 CN 2023112912 W CN2023112912 W CN 2023112912W WO 2025035357 A1 WO2025035357 A1 WO 2025035357A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
perception
target
moment
sensing
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2023/112912
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张云昊
陈雁
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2023/112912 priority Critical patent/WO2025035357A1/en
Publication of WO2025035357A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025035357A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a target detection method, device and system.
  • ISAC integrated sensing and communication
  • the present application provides a target detection method, device and system, which can improve the accuracy of target detection.
  • a target detection method is provided, which can be executed by a perception management device; or, it can also be executed by a module applied to the perception management device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or, it can also be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the perception management device, without limitation.
  • a perception management device can be the perception management device itself, or a module in the perception management device, or a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the perception management device.
  • the method includes: obtaining first position information of a first target at a first moment, the first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment after the first moment; obtaining first perception information, the first perception information is used to indicate the information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information; determining the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information.
  • the perception management device can predict the position of the first target at the second moment and obtain the first perception information.
  • the first perception information is obtained for the second moment and the aforementioned predicted position, which is more targeted, so the probability of detecting the first target can be improved, and the obtained first perception information can be made more accurate.
  • the perception management device can determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information. Since the first perception information is more accurate, the actual position of the first target at the second moment obtained based on the first perception information is also more accurate. Therefore, the method provided in the first aspect above can improve the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.
  • obtaining the first perception information includes: sending the first position information to a first perception device; and receiving the first perception information from the first perception device.
  • the first position information can be sent to the first sensing device so that the first sensing device can emit a beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information to sense the first target and obtain more accurate first sensing information.
  • the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment
  • the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment or the position of the first target at the second moment, so that the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the azimuth or position.
  • the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information of the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the first perception information may further include at least one of the above information.
  • the information can be used by the perception management device to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined.
  • the first indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment.
  • the first delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the first Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the first sensing device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the sensing mode of the first sensing information is a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode.
  • the perception management device can instruct the first perception device to perceive the first target through a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode to adapt to different communication scenarios. For example, when the distance between the perception devices is far, the perception management device can indicate a single-station perception mode, and when there are multiple perception devices near the first target, the perception management device can indicate a dual-station perception mode.
  • the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information to the first perception device, the third indication information being used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the perception management device can also indicate to the first perception device the device that sends perception signals and/or the device that receives perception signals in the dual-station perception mode, so that the first perception device can determine whether it is a device that sends perception signals or a device that receives perception signals.
  • the method further includes: sending information of the second moment to the first sensing device.
  • the perception management device also sends information of the second moment to the first perception device, so that the first perception device determines to perceive the first target at the second moment.
  • obtaining first position information of a first target at a first moment includes: obtaining second perception information, the second perception information being used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment; and determining the first position information at the first moment based on the second perception information.
  • the perception management device can obtain information about the first target perceived at the third moment before the first moment, and predict the position of the first target at the second moment based on the information, so that the first perception device can emit a beam in the direction of the position to accurately perceive the first target.
  • acquiring the second perception information includes: receiving the second perception information from a second perception device.
  • the perception management device can obtain the second perception information from the second perception device.
  • the second perception information is obtained by the second perception device sensing the first target at the third moment.
  • the second perception device is the same as or different from the first perception device.
  • the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the second sensing device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a sensing target.
  • the sensing management device can instruct the second sensing device to sense the target.
  • the second sensing device can scan its own sensing area according to the instruction of the sensing management device and find the first target.
  • the method further includes: acquiring position information of the first sensing device, where the position information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device can obtain the location information of the first perception device so as to determine the location of the first target at the second moment according to the location information and the first perception information.
  • the method further includes: acquiring array orientation information of the first sensing device, wherein the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device can obtain the array orientation information of the first perception device, so as to determine the position of the first target at the second moment according to the array orientation information and the first perception information.
  • the first sensing device may be both a network device and a terminal.
  • the network device and/or the terminal can be used to perceive the first target and obtain corresponding perception information.
  • a target detection method is provided.
  • the method can be performed by a sensing device (such as a first sensing device and/or a second sensing device). It may be executed by a sensing device); or, it may be executed by a module applied in the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sensing device, without limitation.
  • a sensing device such as a first sensing device and/or a second sensing device. It may be executed by a sensing device); or, it may be executed by a module applied in the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sensing device, without limitation.
  • a sensing device such as a first sensing device and/or a second sensing device.
  • the sensing device may be the sensing device itself, or a module in the sensing device, or a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sensing device. It can be understood that the sensing device may be a network device or a terminal.
  • the method includes: acquiring first position information of a first target at a fourth moment, the first position information being used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment after the fourth moment; sending first perception information, the first perception information being obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on the first position information, and the first perception information being used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception device can obtain the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, and send the first perception information obtained based on the position, so that the device that receives the first perception information, such as the perception management device, determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information.
  • the first perception information is obtained for a specific moment (such as the second moment) and a specific position (such as the predicted position of the first target at the second moment), so it is more accurate.
  • the perception device can emit a beam in the direction of the aforementioned predicted position to perceive the first target and obtain the first perception information.
  • the accurate first perception information can make the position of the first target determined by the perception management device at the second moment more accurate. Therefore, the method provided in the second aspect can improve positioning accuracy.
  • the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment
  • the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment or the position of the first target at the second moment, so that the device receiving the first perception information determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the azimuth or position.
  • the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information of the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the first perception information may also include at least one of the above information.
  • the information at the second moment can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined.
  • the first indication information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment.
  • the first delay information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve the positioning accuracy.
  • the first Doppler information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the device that receives the first perception information can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.
  • the sensing device can determine whether to use a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode to sense the first target according to the indication, so as to be applicable to different communication scenarios. For example, when the sensing devices are far apart, the device that sends the second indication information, such as the sensing management device, can indicate a single-station sensing mode, and the sensing device senses the first target according to the indication using the single-station sensing mode. When there are multiple sensing devices near the first target, the device that sends the second indication information can indicate a dual-station sensing mode, and the sensing device senses the first target according to the indication using the dual-station sensing mode.
  • the device that sends the second indication information can indicate a dual-station sensing mode, and the sensing device senses the first target according to the indication using the dual-station sensing mode.
  • the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the perception device can also determine whether it is a device sending a perception signal or a device receiving a perception signal according to the indication of a device sending the third indication information, such as a perception management device.
  • the method further includes: receiving information at a second moment.
  • the sensing device may determine to sense the first target at the second moment.
  • obtaining first position information of the first target at a fourth moment includes: sending second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a second moment before the first moment; and receiving the first position information at the fourth moment.
  • second perception information can be sent so that a device that receives the second perception information, such as a perception management device, obtains the first location information based on the second perception information and sends the first location information to the perception device, so that the perception device obtains the first location information at a fourth moment.
  • a device that receives the second perception information such as a perception management device
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.
  • the target may be sensed within the sensing area of the sensing device according to the instruction of the device that sends the fourth indication information, such as the sensing management device.
  • the method further includes: sending information about first time-frequency resources, where the information about the first time-frequency resources is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment.
  • communication resources can be configured for a device that receives information about the first time-frequency resource, such as a second perception device, so that the device perceives the first target through the configured communication resources and obtains second perception information.
  • the method further includes: receiving the second perception information, where the second perception information is information perceived on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second perception information can be received so as to send the second perception information to the perception management device, so as to facilitate the perception management device to determine the first location information according to the second perception information.
  • the method further includes: sending information about a second time-frequency resource, where the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the second moment.
  • communication resources can be configured for a device that receives information about the second time-frequency resources, such as a first perception device, so that the device perceives the first target through the configured communication resources and obtains first perception information.
  • the method further includes: receiving the first perception information, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on the information of the second time-frequency resource and the first position information.
  • the first perception information can be received so as to send the first perception information to the perception management device, so as to facilitate the perception management device to determine the position of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information.
  • the method further includes: sending first information, where the first information is used to determine the first location information.
  • the first information may be sent so that a device that receives the first information, such as a first sensing device, determines the first position information according to the first information.
  • the first information includes the first position information, or includes the angle between the position indicated by the first position information and the antenna array of the first sensing device.
  • the method further includes: receiving information of a first time-frequency resource; and sensing the first target at the third moment according to the information of the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second sensing information.
  • the information of the first time-frequency resource can be received, and at the third moment, a signal can be received through the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second perception information.
  • the method further includes: receiving information of a second time-frequency resource; and sensing the first target at the second moment according to the first position information and the information of the second time-frequency resource to obtain the first sensing information.
  • information of the second time-frequency resource can be received, and a signal can be received at a second moment in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information through the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the second time-frequency resource to obtain the first perception information.
  • the method further includes: sending array orientation information of the first sensing device, where the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the array orientation information of the first sensing device can be sent so that a device that receives the array orientation information, such as a sensing management device, can determine the position of the first target at the second moment based on the array orientation information and the first sensing information.
  • a device that receives the array orientation information such as a sensing management device
  • a target detection method is provided, which can be performed by a sensing device (such as a fifth sensing device and/or a sixth sensing device); or, it can also be performed by a module applied to the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or Alternatively, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception device, without limitation.
  • a target detection method is provided, which can be performed by a sensing device (such as a fifth sensing device and/or a sixth sensing device); or, it can also be performed by a module applied to the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or Alternatively, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception device, without limitation.
  • the perception device may be the perception device itself, or a module in the perception device, or a logical node, a
  • the perception device may be a network device.
  • the method includes: sending information about a first time-frequency resource, the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate the time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at a third moment; receiving second perception information, the second perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource.
  • the time-frequency resources of the perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment can be sent down, so that a device that obtains the time-frequency resources, such as the second perception device, receives the perception signal through the time-frequency resources at the third moment to obtain the second perception information.
  • the method further includes: sending the second perception information.
  • a device that receives the second perception information can determine the first location information according to the second perception information.
  • the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information
  • the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment
  • the third position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment.
  • the second perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment or the position of the first target at the third moment, so that the device receiving the second perception information determines the first position information based on the azimuth or position.
  • the second perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at the third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information or second Doppler information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment, the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and the second perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the second perception information may also include at least one of the above information.
  • the information at the third moment can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the third moment is determined.
  • the fifth indication information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine whether the first target is detected at the third moment.
  • the second delay information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the third moment to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the second Doppler information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the device that receives the second perception information can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.
  • the target may be sensed within the sensing area of the sensing device according to the instruction of the device that sends the fourth indication information, such as the sensing management device.
  • a communication device for implementing the above method.
  • the communication device may be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device may be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device may be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above third aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical
  • the communication device includes a module, a unit, or a means corresponding to the implementation of the above method, and the module, the unit, or the means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing the corresponding software implementation.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing module.
  • the processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
  • the processing module may be, for example, a processing module. device.
  • the communication device may further include an interface module.
  • the interface module which may also be referred to as an interface unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
  • the interface module may be composed of an interface circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the interface module includes a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor; the processor is used to couple with a memory, and after reading the instruction in the memory, execute the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instruction.
  • the communication device can be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above
  • the communication device also includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a communication device comprising: a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to receive a computer program or instruction and transmit it to the processor; the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects.
  • the communication device can be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above third aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or
  • the communication device is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication device when it is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer can execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.
  • a communication system which includes at least one of the following: a perception management device for executing the method described in the first aspect, a perception device for executing the method described in the second aspect, or a perception device for executing the method described in the third aspect.
  • FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the array orientation of the sensing device provided in the present application.
  • FIG1B is a schematic diagram of the azimuth angle of a target provided by the present application.
  • FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a beam of a sensing device provided in the present application.
  • FIG1D is a schematic diagram 1 of a perception mode provided by the present application.
  • FIG1E is a second schematic diagram of the perception mode provided by the present application.
  • FIG1F is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the target detection method provided in the present application.
  • FIG1G is a second schematic diagram of an application scenario of the target detection method provided in the present application.
  • FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by the present application.
  • FIG3A is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG3B is a second schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG3C is a third schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG3D is a fourth schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG3E is a fifth schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application.
  • FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device provided by the present application.
  • FIG5 is a flow chart of a target detection method provided by the present application.
  • FIG6 is a second flow chart of the target detection method provided by the present application.
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the time relationship between the first moment, the second moment and the fourth moment provided by the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device provided in the present application.
  • the sensing device in the present application has sensing capability and communication capability, and can sense the target by transmitting a signal.
  • the sensing device can send a signal and receive a reflected signal (or echo signal) of the signal, sense the target according to the reflected signal, and obtain sensing information of the target.
  • the sensing device is a network device or a terminal.
  • the network equipment in this application may also be referred to as radio access network (RAN) equipment or RAN node, etc.
  • Network equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved base stations (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in long term evolution (LTE), evolved base stations (next generation eNB, ng-eNB) in next generation LTE, base stations (gNodeB or gNB) in new radio (NR), transmitting points (transmitting point, TP) or transmission receiving points (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP), base stations of subsequent evolution of 3GPP, next generation base stations (next generation NodeB, gNB), next generation base stations in sixth generation (6G) mobile communication systems, base stations in future mobile communication systems, access nodes in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, etc.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • TP evolved base stations
  • TRP transmission receiving points
  • the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support the network of the same technology mentioned above, or they can support the network of different technologies mentioned above.
  • the base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs.
  • the network device can also be a device that acts as a base station in device-to-device (D2D) communication, Internet of Vehicles communication, drone communication, and machine communication.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the network device can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • CDRF cloud radio access network
  • the RAN node can also be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), a radio unit (RU), a road side unit (RSU) with base station function, a wired access gateway or a core network element, etc.
  • the network device can also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device or a vehicle-mounted device, etc.
  • the network device in vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU).
  • CU and DU may be separately configured, or may be included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU).
  • RU may be included in a radio frequency device or a radio frequency unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU) or a remote radio head (RRH).
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • RRH remote radio head
  • CU may be classified as a network device in an access network, or may be classified as a network device in a core network, without limitation.
  • CU or CU-CP and CU-UP
  • DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings.
  • ORAN open radio access network
  • CU may also be referred to as O-CU (open CU)
  • DU may also be referred to as O-DU
  • CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP
  • CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP
  • RU may also be referred to as O-RU.
  • any unit of CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.
  • the terminal in this application can be deployed on land, including indoors, outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal can also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device can be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., or a device for providing voice or data connectivity to users.
  • UE includes handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices (for example, devices set in cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.), wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.) or computing devices.
  • vehicle-mounted devices for example, devices set in cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.
  • wearable devices such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.
  • computing devices exemplary, UE can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a mobile Internet device (mobile internet device, MID) or a computer with wireless transceiver function.
  • UE can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a mobile Internet device (mobile internet device, MID) or a computer with wireless transceiver function.
  • MID mobile internet device
  • UE can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless modem, an intelligent point of sale (POS) machine, a customer-premises equipment (CPE), an intelligent robot, a robotic arm, workshop equipment, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a vehicle terminal, a roadside unit (RSU) with a terminal function, or a flying device (e.g., an intelligent robot, a hot air balloon, a drone, an airplane), etc.
  • the terminal can also be other devices with terminal functions, for example, the terminal can also be a device that serves as a terminal in D2D communication.
  • the terminal of the present application may be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units, and the vehicle may implement the method of the present application through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit. Therefore, the present application may be applied to vehicle networking, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), etc.
  • V2X vehicle to everything
  • LTE-V long term evolution vehicle
  • V2V vehicle to vehicle
  • a helicopter or drone that is usually configured as a terminal can also be configured as a mobile base station, and the device that accesses the network device through the helicopter or drone is configured as a terminal.
  • the sensing device may be arranged as required.
  • the sensing device in order to allow the sensing device to have a sufficient direct line of sight, the sensing device may be arranged on roadside objects such as street lamps or roadside trees.
  • array orientation of the sensing device (hereinafter referred to as array orientation)
  • the array face direction refers to the direction of the antenna array face of the sensing device (hereinafter referred to as the antenna array face). It can be understood that the array face direction can be expressed in many ways. This application uses the horizontal azimuth angle, downtilt angle and tilt angle shown in Figure 1A as an example for explanation.
  • the array face orientation is represented by the horizontal azimuth angle ⁇ , downtilt angle ⁇ and tilt angle ⁇ of the local coordinate system where the antenna array face is located relative to the three-dimensional global coordinate system.
  • the global coordinate system o-xyz is transformed to the local coordinate system where the antenna array face 101 is located
  • the process includes: first rotating the global coordinate system o-xyz around the z axis by an angle ⁇ to obtain the coordinate system o- Then the coordinate system by The axis is rotated by an angle ⁇ to obtain the coordinate system Then the coordinate system by The axis is rotated by an angle of ⁇ to obtain the coordinate system That is the local coordinate system where the antenna array surface 101 is located.
  • the normal direction of the antenna array 101 points to In the positive direction of the axis, the two edges of the antenna array 101 are located Axis and On axis.
  • the target in this application is a person or object that can be sensed by the sensing device and has mobility.
  • the target may or may not have communication capabilities.
  • the target includes but is not limited to: people, various means of transport or various terminals described above.
  • the means of transport can be used to transport people or goods, such as vehicles, trains, high-speed trains, airplanes or drones.
  • the azimuth angle of the target is the angle between the azimuth of the target and the antenna array of the sensing device. It can be understood that the azimuth angle of the target can be expressed in many ways. This application uses the zenith angle and horizontal azimuth angle shown in Figure 1B as an example for explanation.
  • the azimuth of the target can be represented by the zenith angle and the horizontal azimuth angle.
  • the target is located at point A
  • the antenna array 111 is located in the yoz plane
  • the positive direction of the x-axis is the normal direction of the antenna array 111.
  • the azimuth of the target is the angle between oA and the antenna array 111, which can be obtained by the angle ⁇ between oA and the z-axis (i.e., the zenith angle corresponding to point A or oA), and the angle between the projection oa of oA on the xoy plane and the x-axis. (i.e. the horizontal azimuth corresponding to point A or oA). That is, the azimuth of the target can be expressed as ( ⁇ , ).
  • the sensing device has a multi-antenna array and can perform beamforming so that the transmission power is concentrated in the direction pointed by the beam. Therefore, compared with the beam without beamforming, the transmission power in the direction pointed by the beam can be higher.
  • the sensing device can form one or more transmit beams and/or one or more receive beams in space by adjusting the antenna weights.
  • the transmit beam is used to send signals and the receive beam is used to receive signals. It can be understood that the directions of the transmit beam and the receive beam can be the same or different.
  • the sensing device transmits four beams, namely beams 121 to 124.
  • beams 121 to 124 are all transmitting beams or receiving beams; or, beams 121 and 122 are transmitting beams, and beams 123 and 124 are receiving beams; or, beams 121 to 123 are transmitting beams, and beam 124 is a receiving beam; or, at time 1, beam 121 is a receiving beam, and at time 2, beam 121 is a transmitting beam, without limitation.
  • beamforming may also be referred to as beamforming or spatial filtering.
  • the sensing mode refers to the mode in which the sensing device senses the target, including a single-station sensing mode, a dual-station sensing mode, or a multi-station sensing mode.
  • the single-station sensing mode, the dual-station sensing mode, and the multi-station sensing mode are distinguished according to the number of sensing devices and whether the devices transmitting and receiving signals are the same. The following is a detailed explanation.
  • the single-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by a sensing device, in which the devices for transmitting and receiving signals are the same.
  • the sensing device sends a signal and receives a reflected signal of the signal, and senses the target based on the received reflected signal.
  • the dual-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by two sensing devices, in which the devices for transmitting and receiving signals are different. For example, in FIG. 1E , sensing device 1 sends a signal, and sensing device 2 receives a reflected signal of the signal, and senses the target based on the received reflected signal.
  • the multi-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by three or more sensing devices. Among them, some of the sensing devices are used to send signals, and the other sensing devices are used to receive reflected signals of the signals, and sense the target based on the reflected signals. Taking three sensing devices as an example, one of the sensing devices sends a signal, and the other two sensing devices are used to receive reflected signals of the signal, and sense the target based on the reflected signals; or, two of the sensing devices send signals, and the other sensing device is used to receive reflected signals of the signals sent by the above two sensing devices, and sense the target based on the reflected signals.
  • This application mainly uses the single-station sensing mode sensing target and the dual-station sensing mode sensing target as examples for explanation.
  • the logic of the multi-station sensing mode sensing target is similar to that of the dual-station sensing mode sensing target. The difference is the number of sensing devices that send signals and/or the number of sensing devices that receive signals. Therefore, the introduction of the multi-station sensing mode sensing target can refer to the description of the dual-station sensing mode sensing target in this application, and will not be repeated here.
  • the sensing device can sense the target, and therefore, the target can be detected based on the sensing of the sensing device.
  • the position of the target can be detected by the following three methods.
  • Method 1 Referring to FIG. 1F , at least two sensing devices, such as sensing device 1 and sensing device 2, send signals to the target. After receiving the signals, the target determines the transmission delay of each signal and sends the transmission delay to the positioning device, so that the positioning device determines the position of the target according to the received transmission delay and the positions of the at least two sensing devices.
  • the positioning device can determine the location of the target.
  • the target needs to have communication capabilities, so method 1 is only applicable to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities.
  • the sensing device usually sends signals by broadcasting, which makes the power of the target receiving the signal low, so the signal-to-noise ratio of the received signal is also low. Therefore, the accuracy of the target estimating the transmission delay is not high, which will lead to Affects the positioning accuracy of the positioning device.
  • Method 2 Please refer to Figure 1G, the sensing device sends a signal and receives the reflected signal of the signal, thereby determining the transmission delay of the signal and the azimuth of the target, and sending the transmission delay and the azimuth of the target to the sensing management device. Subsequently, the sensing management device can determine the location of the target based on the transmission delay, the azimuth of the target and the location of the sensing device.
  • the perception management device can determine the location of the target, and the target may not have communication capabilities, so method 2 is applicable not only to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities.
  • the target does not have communication capabilities or the radar cross section of the target is small, for example, when the target is a person or a drone, the signal power reflected back to the perception device is weak, resulting in a low received power of the reflected signal, and a low received signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, which results in inaccurate information perceived by the perception device (such as the transmission delay of the signal and the azimuth of the target), which in turn has a certain impact on the probability of the perception management device detecting the target and the positioning accuracy of the target.
  • the perception management device predicts the position of the target at time 1 (hereinafter referred to as the predicted position), obtains the first perception information, and determines the actual position of the target at time 1 according to the first perception information.
  • the first perception information is the information of the target perceived at time 1 according to the predicted position.
  • the perception management device can determine the actual position of the target at time 1, and the target may not have communication capabilities, so method 3 is applicable not only to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities.
  • the first perception information is perceived at time 1 based on the predicted position, that is, the first perception information is obtained for a specific time and a specific position, which is more targeted, so the first perception information is more accurate. Therefore, the perception management device determines the actual position of the target at time 1 based on the first perception information, which can improve the probability of detecting the target and the positioning accuracy.
  • the specific implementation of method 3 will be specifically described in the methods shown in Figures 5 and 6 below, and will not be repeated here.
  • the method provided in the present application can be used in various communication systems.
  • the communication system can be an LTE system, a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related communication system, a future evolving communication system (such as: sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system, etc.), or a system integrating multiple systems, etc., without limitation.
  • 5G can also be called NR.
  • the method provided in the present application is described below by taking the communication system 20 shown in Figure 2 as an example.
  • Figure 2 is only a schematic diagram and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided in the present application.
  • the communication system 20 includes at least one perception management device 201 ( Figure 2 shows only one), a perception device 202 that is communicatively connected to the perception management device 201, and a target 203 located within the perception area of the perception device 202.
  • the communication system 20 also includes a perception device 204 that is communicatively connected to the perception management device 201.
  • the target 203 is also located within the perception area of the perception device 204.
  • the perception device 202 and the perception device 204 are communicatively connected.
  • the perception management device in this application is a device with communication capabilities and computing capabilities, for example, a server, a cloud server, a core network element, an access network element, a cloud, or a computing device with communication capabilities, etc., without limitation.
  • the introduction of perception device 202, perception device 205, and target 203 can refer to the description of perception devices and targets in the previous text, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication system 20 further includes a positioning device 205, which is used to determine the location of the sensing device 202 and/or the sensing device 205, and indicate the location to the sensing management device 201.
  • the positioning device 205 is a device with communication capabilities and computing capabilities, such as a server, a cloud server, a core network element, an access network element, a cloud, or a computing device with communication capabilities, etc., without limitation.
  • the perception management device, the positioning device and the perception device are different physical devices.
  • at least two of the logical functions of the perception management device, the logical functions of the positioning device and the logical functions of the perception device can be integrated into the same physical device.
  • the logical functions of the perception management device 201 are integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205.
  • the perception device 202 or the perception device 205 has the logical functions of the perception management device 201 and can perform the operations of the perception management device 201, such as determining the position of the target based on the perception information of the target.
  • the logical functions of the positioning device 205 can be integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205, or the logical functions of the perception management device 201 and the logical functions of the positioning device 205 can be integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205.
  • the communication system 20 shown in FIG2 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application.
  • the communication system 20 may also include other devices, and may also be based on The number of sensing management devices, sensing devices, targets or positioning devices is determined according to specific needs and is not limited.
  • the communication system 20 may also include sensing devices other than the sensing device 202 and the sensing device 205, such as the sensing device 206 (not shown in FIG. 2, but shown in FIG. 3E below).
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to a variety of different communication scenarios. This application is described by taking the communication scenarios shown in the following Figures 3A to 3E as examples.
  • the sensing device can be a terminal or a network device, etc.
  • the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode, etc. Therefore, the communication scenarios can be divided based on the type of sensing device and the sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, and a target 203.
  • the sensing device 202 is a network device, and the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 31 shown in Figure 3A.
  • the sensing device 202 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 through the single-station sensing mode, and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.
  • Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203.
  • sensing device 202 is a network device
  • sensing device 204 is a terminal
  • the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG3B .
  • the sensing device 202 can configure communication resources for the sensing device 204, so that the sensing device 204 uses a single-station sensing mode to obtain the sensing information of the target 203 according to the communication resources. Subsequently, the sensing device 204 can send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.
  • Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203.
  • sensing device 202 and sensing device 204 are network devices, and the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 33 shown in FIG3C .
  • the sensing device 202 and the sensing device 204 sense the target 203 through the dual-station sensing mode.
  • the sensing device 202 or the sensing device 204 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.
  • the sensing device 202 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 202 receives a reflected signal of the signal.
  • Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203.
  • sensing device 202 is a network device
  • sensing device 204 is a terminal
  • the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 34 shown in FIG3D.
  • the sensing device 202 configures communication resources for the sensing device 204, so that the sensing device 204 senses the target 203 using the dual-station sensing mode with the sensing device 202 according to the communication resources.
  • the sensing device 202 or the sensing device 204 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.
  • the sensing device 202 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 202 receives a reflected signal of the signal.
  • Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, a sensing device 206 and a target 203.
  • sensing device 202 is a network device
  • sensing device 204 and sensing device 206 are terminals
  • the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.
  • the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 35 shown in FIG3E.
  • the sensing device 202 configures communication resources for the sensing device 204 and the sensing device 206 respectively, so that the sensing device 204 and the sensing device 206 adopt a dual-station sensing mode to sense the target 203 according to the configured communication resources.
  • the sensing device 204 or the sensing device 206 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.
  • the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 206 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 206 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal.
  • the above communication scenario 31, communication scenario 32, communication scenario 33, communication scenario 34 or communication scenario 35 also includes a positioning device 205.
  • each device in FIG. 2 of the present application may also be referred to as The communication device may be a general device or a dedicated device, and this application does not make any specific limitation on this.
  • each device in FIG. 2 of the present application can be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices together, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the present application does not make specific restrictions on this. It is understandable that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • each device in FIG. 2 of the present application can adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 4, or include the components shown in FIG. 4.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to the present application.
  • the communication device 40 includes at least one processor 401 and at least one communication interface 404, which are used to implement the method provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 40 may also include a communication line 402 and a memory 403.
  • Processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication link 402 may include a path to transmit information between the above-mentioned components, such as a bus.
  • the communication interface 404 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks.
  • the communication interface 404 can be any transceiver-like device, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, or a wireless LAN interface.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • the memory 403 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 401 through the communication line 402.
  • the memory 403 may also be integrated with the processor 401.
  • the memory provided in the present application may generally be non-volatile.
  • the memory 403 is used to store the computer execution instructions involved in executing the solution provided by this application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 401.
  • the processor 401 is used to execute the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the method provided by this application.
  • the processor 401 may also perform the processing-related functions in the method provided below in this application, and the communication interface 404 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the coupling in this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.
  • the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4 .
  • the communication device 40 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 401 and the processor 407 in FIG. 4. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).
  • the communication device 40 may further include an output device 405 and/or an input device 406.
  • the output device 405 is coupled to the processor 401 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 405 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector.
  • the input device 406 is coupled to the processor 401 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 406 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.
  • composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device.
  • the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.
  • A/B can indicate A or B
  • a and/or B can indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C” are usually used to indicate any of the following: A exists alone; B exists alone; C exists alone; A and B exist at the same time; A and C exist at the same time; B and C exist at the same time; A, B and C exist at the same time.
  • the above uses A, B and C as an example to illustrate the optional items of the item.
  • words such as “first” and “second” may be used to distinguish between technical features with the same or similar functions.
  • the words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words such as “first” and “second” do not necessarily limit them to be different.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to indicate examples, illustrations or explanations, and any embodiment or design described as “exemplary” or “for example” should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs.
  • the use of words such as “exemplary” or “for example” is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.
  • multiple can be understood as two or more than two.
  • multiple targets can be understood as two or more than two targets.
  • greater than or equal to can be replaced by “greater than” or “equal to”; “less than or equal to” can be replaced by “less than” or “equal to”.
  • A is greater than or equal to B, which can be replaced by A is greater than B, or A is equal to B; A is less than or equal to B, which can be replaced by A is less than B, or A is equal to B.
  • processing of user personal information involved in this application is in compliance with the relevant laws and regulations and does not violate public order and good morals.
  • the processing of the location information of the target is carried out with the authorization of the user to whom the target belongs, which is explained here uniformly and will not be repeated below.
  • the perception management device and/or the perception device can perform some or all of the steps in the present application, and these steps are only examples.
  • the present application can also perform other steps or variations of various steps.
  • the various steps can be performed in different orders presented in the present application, and it is possible that not all the steps in the present application need to be performed.
  • the method provided below in this application uses the perception management device and the perception device as the execution subject of the interaction diagram as an example to illustrate the method, but this application does not limit the execution subject of the interaction diagram.
  • the perception management device in the method provided in the following embodiments of this application can also be a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the perception management device to implement the method, or a logical node, logical module, or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception management device;
  • the sensing device in the provided method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the sensing device to implement the method, or may be a logical node, a logical module, or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the sensing device.
  • a target detection method provided by the present application may include the following steps:
  • the perception management device obtains first location information of a first target at a first moment.
  • the perception management device may be the perception management device 201 in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2
  • the first target may be the target 203 in the communication system 20 .
  • the first location information can be used to indicate the location of the first target at a second moment.
  • the second moment is later than the first moment. That is, the perception management device can predict the location of the first target at a second moment after the first moment at the first moment.
  • the specific process of the perception management device predicting the location of the first target at a second moment after the first moment at the first moment will be introduced in the following S5011-S5012 and will not be repeated here.
  • the first position information includes the coordinates of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, or the predicted azimuth of the first target at the second moment.
  • the coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates or three-dimensional coordinates, and the representation method of the predicted azimuth of the first target at the second moment can refer to the description of the azimuth of the target in the previous text.
  • the first position information includes (x1, y1), wherein x1 represents the horizontal coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system, and y1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system.
  • the first position information includes (x1, y1, z1), wherein x1 represents the horizontal coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, y1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, and z1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system.
  • the first position information includes ( ⁇ 1 , ), where ⁇ 1 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, represents the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the predicted position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first position information includes ( ⁇ 1 , D1), where D1 represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device, or represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the sensing management device, or represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the coordinate system where the first target is located (such as ⁇ 1 and The distance between the origins in the coordinate system where the
  • the sensing management device obtains the first location information periodically or aperiodically.
  • the period for obtaining the first location information may be defined by the protocol or predefined, and the period is related to the business and/or the moving speed of the first target. For example, when other conditions are fixed, the business has higher real-time requirements for the location of the first target, and the shorter the period is; the business has lower real-time requirements for the location of the first target, and the longer the period is. For another example, when other conditions are fixed, the faster the moving speed of the first target, the shorter the period is; the slower the moving speed of the first target, the longer the period is.
  • the perception management device obtains first perception information.
  • the first perception information is used to indicate the information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information.
  • the first perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at a specific moment (i.e., the second moment) and a specific position (i.e., the position indicated by the first position information), so the first perception information is relatively accurate.
  • the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information.
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first sensing device at the second moment, and the azimuth can represent the position of the first target relative to the first sensing device at the second moment. Therefore, the first angle information can be used by the sensing management device to determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the second position information can be used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the representation method of the second position information can refer to the above introduction to the first position information and will not be repeated.
  • the second position information can be used by the sensing management device to determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment. It should be understood that the position indicated by the second position information is the same as or different from the actual position.
  • the sensing management device after the sensing management device obtains the second position information, it can determine the position indicated by the second position information as the actual position of the first target at the second moment, or further process the second position information to obtain the above actual position, such as combining the information perceived by the sensing device other than the sensing device that perceives the first sensing information, and/or the position of the first target at a historical moment to determine the above actual position, without limitation.
  • the first angle information includes the angle between the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the antenna array surface of the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing signal is a signal used to sense the first target (such as a signal sensing the first target at the second moment), and the reflected signal of the first sensing signal is a signal after the first sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target.
  • the first sensing signal is sent by the first sensing device, and the reflected signal of the first sensing signal is a signal after the first sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the first sensing device.
  • the first perception signal is sent by the third perception device, and the reflected signal of the first perception signal is a signal that reaches the first perception device after the first perception signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target.
  • the first angle information includes ( ⁇ 2 , ).
  • ⁇ 2 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal, represents the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal.
  • the first angle information includes ( ⁇ 2 , D2), where D2 represents the distance between the position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device.
  • the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information, or first Doppler information.
  • information at the second moment first indication information, first delay information, or first Doppler information.
  • the information of the second moment is used to indicate the second moment.
  • the information of the second moment includes the second moment, or includes the difference between the second moment and the reference moment, or includes the information of the time domain resources where the second moment is located.
  • the reference moment is a moment defined in the protocol or a pre-set moment.
  • the information of the time domain resources where the second moment is located includes the identifier of the time slot where the second moment is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located and the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located, the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, and the identifier of the subframe where the time slot is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located, the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, the identifier of the subframe where the time slot is located, and the identifier of the frame where the subframe is located.
  • the second moment is determined by the perception management device as needed.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment.
  • the first indication information includes 1 bit, and when the value of the 1 bit is "0", it indicates that the first target is not detected at the second moment, and when the value of the 1 bit is "1", it indicates that the first target is detected at the second moment, and vice versa.
  • the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal.
  • the transmission delay of the first perception signal is the time between the first perception device sending the first perception signal and receiving the reflected signal of the first perception signal.
  • the transmission delay of the first perception signal is the time between the third perception device sending the first perception signal and the first perception device receiving the reflected signal of the first perception signal.
  • the first delay information includes the transmission delay of the first perception signal, or includes the time when the first perception device sends the first perception signal and the time when the reflected signal of the first perception signal is received, or includes the time when the third perception device sends the first perception signal and the time when the first perception device receives the reflected signal of the first perception signal.
  • the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal.
  • the first Doppler information includes the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the information at the second moment can be used by the perception management device to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined.
  • the first indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment.
  • the first delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the first Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the specific process of the perception management device acquiring the first perception information will be introduced in the following S5021-S5022 and will not be repeated here.
  • the perception management device determines the location information of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information.
  • the position information of the first target at the second moment is used to indicate the actual position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the position information includes the coordinates of the actual position of the first target at the second moment, or the actual azimuth of the first target at the second moment.
  • the coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates or three-dimensional coordinates.
  • the coordinate system corresponding to the position information in S503 and the coordinate system corresponding to the first position information in S501 may be the same or different.
  • the representation of the actual azimuth of the first target at the second moment can refer to the description of the azimuth of the target in the previous text.
  • the position information includes (x2, y2), wherein x2 represents the horizontal coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system, and y2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system.
  • the position information includes (x2, y2, z2), wherein x2 represents the horizontal coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, y2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, and z2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system.
  • the position information includes ( ⁇ 3 , D2), wherein, ⁇ 3 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the actual position of the first target at the second moment, represents the horizontal azimuth corresponding to the actual position of the first target at the second moment, D2 represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device, or represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the sensing management device, or represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the coordinate system where the first target is located (such as ⁇ 3 and The distance between the origins in the coordinate system where the
  • the perception management device determines the location information of the first target at the second moment according to the second location information included in the first perception information.
  • the perception management device determines the position information of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information, the position information of the first perception device, and the array orientation information of the first perception device.
  • the perception management device determines the position of the first perception device based on the position information of the first perception device, determines the array orientation of the first perception device based on the array orientation information of the first perception device, and determines the position information of the first target at the second moment based on the position, the first perception information (such as the first angle information included therein, or the first angle information and the first time delay information included therein) and the array orientation of the first perception device.
  • the first perception information such as the first angle information included therein, or the first angle information and the first time delay information included therein
  • the sensing management device obtains the array orientation information of the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device sends the above array orientation information to the sensing management device, and the sensing management device receives the array orientation information, that is, obtains the array orientation information.
  • the array orientation information is stored in the sensing management device, and the array orientation information can be obtained locally.
  • the perception management device obtains the location information of the first perception device.
  • the positioning device (such as the positioning device 205 in FIG. 2 ) sends the location information of the first perception device to the perception management device, and the perception management device receives the location information, that is, obtains the location information.
  • the location information is stored in the perception management device, and the location information can be obtained locally.
  • the perception management device may also determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information. For example, when the first perception information includes the first angle information and the first Doppler information, the perception management device determines the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first angle information, and determines the movement speed of the first target at the second moment according to the first Doppler information.
  • the perception management device may also refer to the location information of the first target at a moment before the second moment (i.e., a historical moment), so that the determined location information is more accurate. For example, the perception management device determines the location of the first target at 8 o'clock according to S501-S503 above. When the perception management device determines the location of the first target again at 8:05, it may refer to the location of the first target determined at 8 o'clock.
  • the above S501-S503 is a specific process for the perception management device to determine the location information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device can use a method similar to the above S501-S503 to determine the location of the second target.
  • the perception management device can repeatedly execute the above S501-S503 to achieve tracking of the first target.
  • the perception management device can predict the position of the first target at the second moment and obtain the first perception information.
  • the first perception information is obtained for the second moment and the predicted position, which is more targeted, so the probability of detecting the first target can be improved, and the obtained first perception information can be more accurate.
  • the perception management device can determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information. Since the first perception information is more accurate, the actual position of the first target at the second moment obtained according to the first perception information is also more accurate. Therefore, the method shown in FIG5 can improve the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.
  • the first target may or may not have communication capabilities, so the method shown in FIG5 is not only applicable to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities, and the application scenarios are relatively wide.
  • the perception management device may obtain the second perception information and predict the position of the first target at the second moment according to the second perception information.
  • the second perception information may be used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment.
  • the above S501 may include the following steps:
  • the perception management device obtains second perception information.
  • the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information.
  • the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment.
  • the azimuth can represent the position of the first target relative to the second perception device at the third moment.
  • the second angle information can be used by the perception management device to predict the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the second angle information includes the angle between the reflected signal of the second sensing signal and the antenna array of the second sensing device.
  • the second sensing signal is a signal for sensing the first target (such as a signal sensing the first target at the third moment), and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target.
  • the second sensing signal is sent by the second sensing device, and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the second sensing device.
  • the second sensing signal is sent by the fourth sensing device, and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the second sensing device.
  • the fourth sensing device and the third sensing device are the same or different. It should be understood that the content included in the second angle information is similar to the content included in the first angle information. Specifically, you can refer to the description of the first angle information in the previous text, and no further details will be given.
  • the second sensing device is the same as or different from the first sensing device. It can be understood that the second sensing device is a sensing device that is currently closer to the first target, so that the second sensing device senses the first target and obtains the second sensing information.
  • the third position information can be used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment.
  • the representation method of the third position information can refer to the above introduction to the first position information and will not be repeated here.
  • the third position information can be used by the perception management device to predict the position of the first target at the second moment. It should be understood that the position indicated by the third position information is the same as or different from the position predicted by the perception management device.
  • the perception management device after the perception management device obtains the third position information, it can determine the position indicated by the third position information as the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, or further process the third position information to obtain the above-mentioned predicted position of the first target at the second moment, such as combining the information perceived by the perception device other than the perception device that perceives the second perception information, and/or the position of the first target at a historical moment, to predict the position of the first target at the second moment, without limitation.
  • the second perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information, or second Doppler information.
  • information at the third moment is introduced below respectively.
  • the information of the third moment is used to indicate the third moment.
  • the information of the third moment includes the third moment, or includes the difference between the third moment and the reference moment, or includes the information of the time domain resource where the third moment is located.
  • the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment.
  • the fifth indication information includes 1 bit, and when the value of the 1 bit is "0", it indicates that the first target is not detected at the third moment, and when the value of the 1 bit is "1", it indicates that the first target is detected at the third moment, and vice versa.
  • the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal.
  • the transmission delay of the second perception signal is the time between the second perception device sending the second perception signal and receiving the reflected signal of the second perception signal.
  • the transmission delay of the second perception signal is the time between the fourth perception device sending the second perception signal and the second perception device receiving the reflected signal of the second perception signal.
  • the second delay information includes the transmission delay of the second perception signal, or includes the time when the second perception device sends the second perception signal and the time when the reflected signal of the second perception signal is received, or includes the time when the fourth perception device sends the second perception signal and the time when the second perception device receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal.
  • the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal.
  • the second Doppler information includes the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the information at the third moment can be used by the perception management device to determine the third moment, and then know that the second perception device perceives the information of the first target at the third moment.
  • the fifth indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the third moment.
  • the second delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and then predict the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve the accuracy of the predicted position.
  • the second Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.
  • the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. The above-mentioned movement speed and direction can be used to predict the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the second perception device acquires the second perception information and sends the second perception information to the perception management device.
  • the perception management device receives the second perception information.
  • the second perception device acquires the second perception information in different ways.
  • the following describes the ways in which the second perception device acquires the first perception information in combination with the aforementioned communication scenarios 31 to 35.
  • the second sensing device sends a second sensing signal at the third time, and receives a reflected signal of the second sensing signal.
  • the second sensing information is determined according to the reflected signal.
  • the second sensing device is the sensing device 202 in the communication scenario 31 shown in FIG3A
  • the second sensing device is the sensing device 204 in the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG3B .
  • a possible implementation method is that if the second perception device is the perception device 204 in Figure 3B, that is, the second perception device is a terminal, the second perception device can perceive the first target based on the network device to which it is connected (such as the sixth perception device) or the communication resources configured by the perception management device.
  • the sixth perception device sends information about the first time-frequency resource to the second perception device.
  • the second perception device receives the information about the first time-frequency resource, it perceives the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second perception information.
  • the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate the time-frequency resource of the perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment.
  • the second perception device sends the second perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second perception device After the second perception device obtains the second perception information, it sends the second perception information to the perception management device through the sixth perception device.
  • the second sensing device obtains the second sensing information according to the instruction of the sensing management device.
  • the sensing management device sends fourth indication information to the second sensing device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the sensing target.
  • the second sensing device scans its sensing area, senses the first target at the third moment, and obtains the second sensing information.
  • the second perception device can send perception signals in different directions.
  • the second perception device detects that the receiving power of the reflected signal of the perception signal in a certain direction is greater than a certain threshold value, it can be determined that there is a target in that direction, and the corresponding perception information can be determined based on the reflected signal of the perception signal in that direction.
  • the perception management device sends sixth indication information to the second perception device.
  • the sixth indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the second perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.
  • the second perception device can perceive the first target according to the perception mode indicated by the sixth indication information to obtain the second perception information.
  • the perception management device sends the sixth indication information to the sixth perception device so that the sixth perception device indicates the perception mode of the second perception information to the second perception device, so that the second perception device perceives the first target according to the perception mode to obtain the second perception information.
  • the sixth indication information includes 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is "0”, the sixth indication information indicates a single-station sensing mode. If the value of the 1 bit is "1”, the sixth indication information indicates a dual-station sensing mode, and vice versa.
  • the perception management device sends seventh indication information to the second perception device.
  • the seventh indication information is used to indicate the device that sends the perception signal and/or the device that receives the perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the second perception device After the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine whether it sends the second perception signal or receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal based on the seventh indication information.
  • the perception management device sends the seventh indication information to the sixth perception device so that the sixth perception device indicates to the second perception device whether the second perception device sends the second perception signal or receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal.
  • the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the second perception device, and after the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine that it sends the second perception signal.
  • the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the second perception device, and after the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine that it receives the second perception signal.
  • the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal, and the above two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later, or the above two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later.
  • the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information may also indicate corresponding information in other ways without limitation.
  • the perception management device instructs the second perception device to perceive the first target at the third moment.
  • the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the third moment, and combine the second perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the fifth perception information) to predict the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy.
  • other perception devices can obtain perception information through method 1, the following method 2 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.
  • the fourth sensing device sends the second sensing signal at the third moment, and the second sensing device receives the reflected signal of the second sensing signal, and determines the second sensing information according to the reflected signal.
  • the second sensing device is sensing device 202, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204, or the second sensing device is sensing device 204, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 202.
  • the second sensing device is sensing device 202, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204.
  • the second sensing device is sensing device 204 and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 206 , or the second sensing device is sensing device 206 and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204 .
  • the two can perceive the first target based on the communication resources configured by the network device (such as the sixth perception device) or the perception management device to which they are connected.
  • the sixth perception device sends information about the first time-frequency resource to the second perception device (or the fourth perception device), and after the second perception device (or the fourth perception device) receives the information about the first time-frequency resource, it perceives the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource, and obtains the second perception information.
  • the fourth perception device sends the second perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource, and the second perception device receives the reflected signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second perception device After the second perception device obtains the second perception information, it sends the second perception information to the perception management device through the sixth perception device.
  • the sixth sensing device and the fourth sensing device may be the same or different.
  • the fourth sensing device is a terminal and the second sensing device is a network device
  • the sixth sensing device and the second sensing device may be the same or different.
  • the fourth perception device can obtain the fourth indication information in a similar manner to the second perception device to send perception signals in different directions, and/or, sixth indication information, and/or, seventh indication information.
  • the perception management device instructs the second perception device and the fourth perception device to use the dual-station perception mode to perceive the first target at the third moment.
  • the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the third moment, and combine the second perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the sixth perception information) to predict the position of the first target at the third moment, so as to further improve the accuracy of the predicted position.
  • other perception devices can obtain perception information through the above-mentioned method 1, method 2 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.
  • the perception management device determines the first location information based on the second perception information at the first moment.
  • the perception management device determines the first location information according to the third location information included in the second perception information.
  • the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second perception information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.
  • the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.
  • the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the second delay information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.
  • the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, determines the movement speed and movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the second Doppler information, and determines the first position information based on the position, the movement speed, and the movement direction.
  • the sensing management device obtains the array orientation information of the second sensing device.
  • the second sensing device sends the array orientation information to the sensing management device, and the sensing management device receives the array orientation information, that is, obtains the array orientation information.
  • the array orientation information is stored in the sensing management device, and the array orientation information can be obtained locally.
  • the perception management device obtains the location information of the second perception device.
  • a positioning device (such as positioning device 205 in FIG. 2 ) sends the location information of the second perception device to the perception management device, and the perception management device receives the location information, that is, obtains the location information.
  • the perception management device stores the location information and can obtain the location information locally.
  • the perception management device may also refer to the position information of the first target at a moment before the third moment, so that the predicted position information is more accurate.
  • the perception management device may send the first location information to the first perception device, so that the first perception device transmits a beam using a beamforming technology according to the first location information, so that the transmitted beam has a higher transmission power in the direction of the location indicated by the first location information, thereby better perceiving the first target and obtaining more accurate first perception information.
  • the above S502 may include the following steps:
  • the first sensing device obtains the first position information at the fourth moment.
  • the first perception device can obtain the first location information directly from the perception management device, or the first perception device can obtain the first location information from the perception management device through other perception devices, such as the fifth perception device.
  • the first perception device directly obtains the first location information from the perception management device.
  • the first perception device obtains the first location information from the perception management device through the fifth perception device.
  • the first perception device directly obtains the first location information from the perception management device, or the first perception device obtains the first location information from the perception management device through the fifth perception device.
  • the first sensing device is the sensing device 202
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device
  • the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained.
  • the fifth sensing device is the sensing device 202
  • the first sensing device is the sensing device 204
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device.
  • the fifth sensing device After receiving the first location information, the fifth sensing device sends the first information to the first sensing device.
  • the first information is used to determine the first location information.
  • the first information includes the first location information, or includes the angle between the position indicated by the first location information and the antenna array surface of the first sensing device. If the first information includes the first location information, the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained.
  • the first sensing device determines the first location information at the fourth moment according to the first information, the position of the first sensing device and the direction of the antenna array surface of the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 202 or sensing device 204
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device
  • the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. It can be understood that if the first sensing device is sensing device 202, after sensing device 202 receives the first location information, it sends the first information to sensing device 204 so that sensing device 204 determines the first location information. Similarly, if the first sensing device is sensing device 204, after sensing device 204 receives the first location information, it sends the first information to sensing device 202 so that sensing device 202 determines the first location information.
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 202
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device
  • the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained.
  • the first sensing device obtains the first location information
  • it sends the first information to sensing device 204.
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 204
  • the fifth sensing device is sensing device 202
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device.
  • the fifth sensing device receives the first location information, it sends the first information to the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. If the first information includes the above-mentioned angle, after the first sensing device receives the first information, it determines the first location information at the fourth moment according to the first information, the position of the first sensing device and the antenna array orientation of the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 204 and sensing device 206
  • the fifth sensing device is sensing device 202
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device.
  • the fifth sensing device After receiving the first location information, the fifth sensing device sends the first information to the first sensing device. If the first information includes the first location information, the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, and the first location information is obtained. If the first information includes the above-mentioned angle, after the first sensing device receives the first information, it determines the first location information at the fourth moment based on the first information, the position of the first sensing device, and the antenna array orientation of the first sensing device.
  • the second moment is later than the fourth moment.
  • the relationship between the first moment, the second moment, and the fourth moment can be shown in FIG7. It can be understood from FIG7 that the perception management device first obtains the first location information at the first moment and then sends the first location information. After the first perception device obtains the first location information at the fourth moment, it perceives the first target according to the first location information at the second moment.
  • the perception management device may send the first location information when the configuration of the perception signal used to perceive the first target changes.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information when the beam corresponding to the sensing signal used to sense the first target is switched, or when the first target moves from one cell to another.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device is a sensing device near the position indicated by the first position information, for example, the distance between the first sensing device and the position indicated by the first position information is less than or equal to the first value. In this way, the first target can be accurately sensed, so that the obtained first sensing information is more accurate.
  • the perception management device sends information about the second moment to the first perception device so that the first perception device determines the second moment and perceives the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device sends information about the second moment to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates the second moment to the first perception device so that the first perception device determines the second moment and perceives the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device sends second indication information to the first perception device.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.
  • the first perception device can perceive the first target according to the perception mode indicated by the second indication information to obtain the first perception information.
  • the perception management device sends the second indication information to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates the perception mode of the first perception information to the first perception device, so that the first perception device perceives the first target according to the perception mode to obtain the first perception information.
  • the second indication information includes 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is "0”, the second indication information indicates a single-station sensing mode; if the value of the 1 bit is "1", the second indication information indicates a dual-station sensing mode, and vice versa.
  • the perception management device sends a third indication message to the first perception device.
  • the third indication message is used to indicate a device that sends a perception signal and/or a device that receives a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the first perception device After the first perception device receives the third indication message, it can determine whether it is sending a first perception signal or receiving a reflected signal of the first perception signal based on the third indication message.
  • the perception management device sends the third indication message to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates to the first perception device whether the first perception device is sending a first perception signal or receiving a reflected signal of the first perception signal.
  • the third indication information includes an identifier of the first perception device, and after the first perception device receives the third indication information, it can determine that it sends the first perception signal.
  • the third indication information includes an identifier of the first perception device, and after the first perception device receives the third indication information, it can determine that it receives the first perception signal.
  • the third indication information includes an identifier of the device that sends the perception signal and an identifier of the device that receives the perception signal, and the two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later, or the two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information may also indicate corresponding information in other ways without limitation.
  • the first sensing device sends first sensing information to the sensing management device.
  • the sensing management device receives the first sensing information from the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device can obtain first perception information based on the first location information and send the first perception information to the perception management device so that the perception management device can determine the position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information.
  • the first perception device acquires the first perception information in different ways.
  • the following describes the ways in which the first perception device acquires the first perception information in combination with the aforementioned communication scenarios 31 to 35.
  • the first sensing device sends a first sensing signal at a second moment according to the first location information, receives a reflection signal of the first sensing signal, and determines the first sensing information according to the reflection signal.
  • the first sensing device is the sensing device 202 in the communication scenario 31 shown in FIG. 3A
  • the first sensing device is the sensing device 204 in the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG. 3B .
  • the first sensing device may sense the first target based on the network device to which it is connected (such as the fifth sensing device) or the communication resources configured by the sensing management device.
  • the fifth sensing device sends information about the second time-frequency resource to the first sensing device.
  • the first sensing device receives the information about the second time-frequency resource, it senses the first target at the second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource, and obtains the first sensing information.
  • the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate the information used to sense the first target at the second moment.
  • the first perception device sends the first perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first perception information is sent to the perception management device through the fifth perception device.
  • the first sensing device obtains the first position information before sending the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a transmission beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the first sensing signal is sent through the transmission beam to increase the transmission power of the first sensing signal, thereby increasing the receiving power of the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal.
  • the first sensing device uses the beamforming technology to transmit a receiving beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and receives the above-mentioned reflected signal through the receiving beam to increase the receiving power and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, so that the acquired first sensing information is more accurate, thereby increasing the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.
  • the perception management device instructs the first perception device to perceive the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the second moment, and combine the first perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the third perception information) to determine the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy.
  • other perception devices can obtain perception information through method 3, the following method 4 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.
  • the third sensing device sends a first sensing signal at a second moment according to the first location information, and the first sensing device receives a reflection signal of the first sensing signal, and determines the first sensing information according to the reflection signal.
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 202
  • the third sensing device is sensing device 204
  • the first sensing device is sensing device 204
  • the third sensing device is sensing device 206
  • the third sensing device is sensing device 204.
  • the two can sense the first target based on the network device (such as the fifth sensing device) to which they are connected or the communication resources configured by the sensing management device.
  • the fifth sensing device sends information about the second time-frequency resource to the first sensing device (or the third sensing device).
  • the first sensing device or the third sensing device
  • receives the information about the second time-frequency resource it senses the first target at the second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource, and obtains the first sensing information.
  • the third sensing device sends the first sensing signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the second time-frequency resource, and the first sensing device receives the reflected signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the second time-frequency resource.
  • the first perception information is sent to the perception management device through the fifth perception device.
  • the fifth sensing device and the third sensing device may be the same or different.
  • the third sensing device is a terminal and the first sensing device is a network device
  • the fifth sensing device and the first sensing device may be the same or different.
  • the third sensing device obtains the first position information before sending the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a transmission beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the first sensing signal is sent through the transmission beam to increase the transmission power of the first sensing signal, thereby increasing the receiving power of the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal.
  • the first sensing device obtains the first position information before receiving the reflected signal of the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a receiving beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the reflected signal is received through the receiving beam to increase the receiving power and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, so that the acquired first sensing information is more accurate, thereby increasing the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.
  • the perception management device instructs the first perception device and the third perception device to use the dual-station perception mode to perceive the first target at the second moment.
  • the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the second moment, and combine the first perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the fourth perception information) to determine the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy.
  • other perception devices can obtain perception information through the above-mentioned method 3, method 4 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.
  • the third sensing device can obtain the first position in a similar manner as the first sensing device.
  • Information, and/or, information at the second moment, and/or, second indication information, and/or, third indication information can be obtained.
  • the actions of the perception management device, the first perception device, the second perception device, the third perception device or the fourth perception device in the above S5011-S5012 and S5021-S5022 can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device 40 shown in Figure 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 403, and this application does not impose any restrictions on this.
  • the method shown in Figure 5 or Figure 6 can accurately locate the first target. Therefore, the method described in Figure 5 or Figure 6 can be used for vehicle tracking, drone tracking and navigation in intelligent traffic scenarios, and detection and positioning of people, animals, vehicles or drones on the road.
  • the present application also provides a communication device, which can be a perception management device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above perception management device, or a component that can be used for the perception management device; or, the communication device can be a perception device (such as a first perception device, a second perception device, a third perception device, a fourth perception device, a fifth perception device or a sixth perception device, etc.) in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above perception device, or a component that can be used for the perception device.
  • a perception device such as a first perception device, a second perception device, a third perception device, a fourth perception device, a fifth perception device or a sixth perception device, etc.
  • the above perception management device or perception device, etc. in order to realize the above functions, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the present application.
  • the present application can divide the functional modules of the perception management device or the perception device according to the above method example.
  • each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the present application is schematic and is only a logical functional division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 80.
  • the communication device 80 includes a processing module 801.
  • the communication device 80 also includes an interface module 802.
  • the processing module 801 which may also be referred to as a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than transceiver operations, such as a processing circuit or a processor.
  • the communication device 80 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ) for storing program instructions and data.
  • the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the perception management device.
  • the communication device 80 is, for example, the perception management device described in the embodiment shown in FIG5 or the embodiment shown in FIG6.
  • the processing module 801 is used to obtain first position information of a first target at a first moment.
  • the first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment, and the second moment is later than the first moment.
  • the processing module 801 can be used to execute S501.
  • the processing module 801 is further used to obtain first perception information.
  • the first perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information.
  • the processing module 801 can be used to execute S802.
  • the processing module 801 is further configured to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information.
  • the processing module 801 can be configured to execute S803.
  • the processing module 801 is specifically used to send the first position information to the first sensing device through the interface module 802; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to receive the first sensing information from the first sensing device through the interface module 802.
  • the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment
  • the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information, or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the interface module 802 is used to send second indication information to the first perception device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.
  • the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode
  • the interface module 802 is also used to send third indication information to the first perception device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the device for sending the perception signal and/or the device for receiving the perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to send information at the second moment to the first sensing device.
  • the processing module 801 is specifically used to obtain second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of a first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to determine the first position information at the first moment based on the second perception information.
  • the processing module 801 is specifically configured to receive second perception information from a second perception device through the interface module 802 .
  • the interface module 802 is further used to send fourth indication information to the second perception device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.
  • the processing module 801 is further used to obtain position information of the first sensing device, and the position information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the processing module 801 is further used to obtain the array orientation information of the first sensing device, and the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first sensing device may be either a network device or a terminal.
  • the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the first sensing device or the second sensing device.
  • the communication device 80 is, for example, the first sensing device or the second sensing device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the processing module 801 is used to obtain the first position information of the first target at the fourth moment.
  • the first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment, and the second moment is later than the fourth moment.
  • the processing module 801 can be used to execute S5021.
  • the interface module 802 is used to send first perception information.
  • the first perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at the second moment according to the first location information, and the first perception information is used to determine the location information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the interface module 802 can be used to execute S5022.
  • the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information
  • the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment
  • the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.
  • the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.
  • the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode
  • the interface module 802 is also used to receive third indication information
  • the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to receive information at the second moment.
  • the processing module 801 is specifically used to send second perception information through the interface module 802, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a second moment before the first moment; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to receive the first position information at a fourth moment through the interface module 802.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the sense Know the goal.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to send information about the first time-frequency resource, where the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at a third moment.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to receive second perception information, where the second perception information is information perceived on the first time-frequency resource.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to send information about a second time-frequency resource, where the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at a second moment.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to receive first perception information, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on information about the second time-frequency resource and the first location information.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to send first information, where the first information is used to determine the first location information.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to receive information about the first time-frequency resource; the processing module 801 is further used to perceive the first target according to the information about the first time-frequency resource at a third moment to obtain second perception information.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to receive information about a second time-frequency resource; the processing module 801 is further used to perceive the first target at a second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource to obtain first perception information.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to send the array orientation information of the first sensing device, and the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.
  • the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of a sensing device (such as the fifth sensing device or the sixth sensing device).
  • the communication device 80 is, for example, the sensing device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
  • the interface module 802 is configured to send information about the first time-frequency resource, wherein the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at the third moment.
  • the interface module 802 is further configured to receive second perception information, wherein the second perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at a third moment according to information of the first time-frequency resource.
  • the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information
  • the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at a third moment
  • the third position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment.
  • the second perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at a third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information or second Doppler information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment, the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal, the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and the second perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.
  • the interface module 802 is further used to receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.
  • the communication device 80 may be in the form shown in Figure 4.
  • the processor 401 in Figure 4 may call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 403 to enable the communication device 80 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 801 and the interface module 802 in FIG8 can be implemented by the processor 401 in FIG4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 801 in FIG8 can be implemented by the processor 401 in FIG4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403
  • the functions/implementation processes of the interface module 802 in FIG8 can be implemented by the communication interface 404 in FIG4.
  • one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two.
  • the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and a processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
  • the processor can be built into an SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip.
  • SoC system on chip
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the processor is used to execute software instructions to perform calculations or
  • it may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate arrays
  • PLDs programmable logic devices
  • the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • an artificial intelligence processor an ASIC
  • SoC SoC
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable gate array
  • a dedicated digital circuit a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device
  • the present application also provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed.
  • the chip system also includes a memory.
  • the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the above embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. equipped on the above communication device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above communication device and an external storage device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device.
  • the above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.
  • the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as a computer, a processor, a perception management device or the above perception device, etc.).
  • the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium or in the above computer program product.
  • the present application further provides a communication system, comprising: the perception management device and the first perception device in the above embodiment.
  • the communication system further comprises at least one of the following: a second perception device, a third perception device, a fourth perception device, a fifth perception device or a sixth perception device.
  • the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and provides an object detection method, a device, and a system. In the method, a sensing management device can acquire, at a first moment, first position information used for indicating the position of a first object at a second moment, and acquire first sensing information, wherein the second moment is later than the first moment, and the first sensing information indicates information of the first object sensed at the second moment on the basis of the first position information. The first sensing information is obtained by sensing the first object at the second moment on the basis of the position indicated by the first position information, which is more targeted, and thus the acquired first sensing information is relatively accurate. Subsequently, the sensing management device can determine position information of the first object at the second moment on the basis of the first sensing information. The first sensing information is relatively accurate, and thus the position information obtained on the basis of the first sensing information is relatively accurate. Therefore, the object detection method, device, and system provided by the present application can improve the positioning precision.

Description

目标检测方法、装置及系统Target detection method, device and system 技术领域Technical Field

本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及目标检测方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a target detection method, device and system.

背景技术Background Art

随着通信技术发展,出现了越来越多的通信场景,如人联场景、物联场景或车联场景等。为了增强这些场景中的业务能力,提出了通信与感知一体化(integrated sensing and communication,ISAC)的概念。ISAC是指网络设备和/或终端除了具备通信能力之外,还具备感知能力,以检测目标的位置或速度等特征。然而,目前检测和定位目标的方法精度不高。With the development of communication technology, more and more communication scenarios have emerged, such as human-connected scenarios, Internet of Things scenarios, or vehicle-connected scenarios. In order to enhance the business capabilities in these scenarios, the concept of integrated sensing and communication (ISAC) is proposed. ISAC means that network devices and/or terminals have sensing capabilities in addition to communication capabilities to detect characteristics such as the location or speed of the target. However, the current methods for detecting and locating targets are not very accurate.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供目标检测方法、装置及系统,可以提高检测目标的精度。The present application provides a target detection method, device and system, which can improve the accuracy of target detection.

为达到上述目的,本申请的采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the above purpose, the present application adopts the following technical solutions:

第一方面,提供了一种目标检测方法,该方法可以由感知管理装置执行;或者,也可以由应用于感知管理装置中的模块,例如芯片、芯片系统或电路执行;或者,还可以由能实现全部或部分感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现,对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由感知管理装置执行为例进行说明,应理解,该感知管理装置可以是感知管理装置本身,或者是感知管理装置中的模块,或者是能实现全部或部分感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件。该方法包括:在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,该第一位置信息用于指示该第一目标在第一时刻之后的第二时刻的位置;获取第一感知信息,该第一感知信息用于指示根据该第一位置信息在该第二时刻感知到的该第一目标的信息;根据该第一感知信息确定该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置信息。In the first aspect, a target detection method is provided, which can be executed by a perception management device; or, it can also be executed by a module applied to the perception management device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or, it can also be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the perception management device, without limitation. For the convenience of description, the following is an example of execution by a perception management device. It should be understood that the perception management device can be the perception management device itself, or a module in the perception management device, or a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the perception management device. The method includes: obtaining first position information of a first target at a first moment, the first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment after the first moment; obtaining first perception information, the first perception information is used to indicate the information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information; determining the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information.

基于上述第一方面提供的方法,感知管理装置可以预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置,并获取第一感知信息。其中,第一感知信息是针对第二时刻和前述预测的位置获取的,更具针对性,所以可以提升检测到第一目标的概率,并且使得获取的第一感知信息较为准确。后续,感知管理装置可以根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置。由于第一感知信息较为准确,所以根据第一感知信息得到的第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置也较为准确。因此,上述第一方面提供的方法可以提高检测到第一目标的概率以及定位精度。Based on the method provided in the first aspect above, the perception management device can predict the position of the first target at the second moment and obtain the first perception information. Among them, the first perception information is obtained for the second moment and the aforementioned predicted position, which is more targeted, so the probability of detecting the first target can be improved, and the obtained first perception information can be made more accurate. Subsequently, the perception management device can determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information. Since the first perception information is more accurate, the actual position of the first target at the second moment obtained based on the first perception information is also more accurate. Therefore, the method provided in the first aspect above can improve the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.

在一种可能的实现方式中,获取第一感知信息,包括:向第一感知装置发送该第一位置信息;接收来自该第一感知装置的该第一感知信息。In a possible implementation, obtaining the first perception information includes: sending the first position information to a first perception device; and receiving the first perception information from the first perception device.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息,以便第一感知装置在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上发射波束,来感知第一目标,得到较为准确的第一感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the first position information can be sent to the first sensing device so that the first sensing device can emit a beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information to sense the first target and obtain more accurate first sensing information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,该第一角度信息用于指示在该第二时刻,该第一目标与该第一感知装置之间的方位角,该第二位置信息用于指示该第一目标在第二时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,第一感知信息可以指示第一目标在第二时刻与第一感知装置之间的方位角或第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以便感知管理装置根据该方位角或位置确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the first perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment or the position of the first target at the second moment, so that the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the azimuth or position.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:该第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;其中,该第一指示信息用于指示在该第二时刻是否检测到该第一目标,该第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,该第一多普勒信息用于指示该第一感知信号的多普勒频移,该第一感知信号为用于感知该第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation, the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information of the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,第一感知信息还可以包括上述至少一种信息。其中,第二时刻的 信息可用于感知管理装置确定第二时刻,进而知道确定的是第一目标在第二时刻的位置。第一指示信息可用于感知管理装置确定在第二时刻是否检测到第一目标。第一时延信息可用于感知管理装置确定第一感知信号的传输时延,进而辅助确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息,以提高定位精度。第一多普勒信息可用于感知管理装置确定第一感知信号的多普勒频移,进而根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动速度。可选的,感知管理装置还可以根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动方向。Based on the above possible implementations, the first perception information may further include at least one of the above information. The information can be used by the perception management device to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined. The first indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment. The first delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve positioning accuracy. The first Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. Optionally, the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该第一感知装置发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the first sensing device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the sensing mode of the first sensing information is a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以向第一感知装置指示通过单站感知模式或双站感知模式感知第一目标,以适用于不同的通信场景。例如,当感知装置之间距离较远,感知管理装置可以指示单站感知模式,当第一目标附近存在多个感知装置,感知管理装置可以指示双站感知模式。Based on the above possible implementations, the perception management device can instruct the first perception device to perceive the first target through a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode to adapt to different communication scenarios. For example, when the distance between the perception devices is far, the perception management device can indicate a single-station perception mode, and when there are multiple perception devices near the first target, the perception management device can indicate a dual-station perception mode.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,该方法还包括:向该第一感知装置发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。In one possible implementation, the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, and the method further includes: sending third indication information to the first perception device, the third indication information being used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.

基于上述可能的实现方式,在第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式的情况下,感知管理装置还可以向第一感知装置指示双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置,以便第一感知装置确定自己是发送感知信号的装置还是接收感知信号的装置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, when the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, the perception management device can also indicate to the first perception device the device that sends perception signals and/or the device that receives perception signals in the dual-station perception mode, so that the first perception device can determine whether it is a device that sends perception signals or a device that receives perception signals.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该第一感知装置发送第二时刻的信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending information of the second moment to the first sensing device.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置还向第一感知装置发送第二时刻的信息,以便第一感知装置确定在第二时刻感知第一目标。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the perception management device also sends information of the second moment to the first perception device, so that the first perception device determines to perceive the first target at the second moment.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,包括:获取第二感知信息,该第二感知信息用于指示在该第一时刻之前的第三时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;在该第一时刻根据该第二感知信息确定该第一位置信息。In one possible implementation, obtaining first position information of a first target at a first moment includes: obtaining second perception information, the second perception information being used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment; and determining the first position information at the first moment based on the second perception information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以获取在第一时刻之前的第三时刻感知到的第一目标的信息,根据该信息预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以便第一感知装置在该位置的方向上发射波束,精准感知第一目标。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the perception management device can obtain information about the first target perceived at the third moment before the first moment, and predict the position of the first target at the second moment based on the information, so that the first perception device can emit a beam in the direction of the position to accurately perceive the first target.

在一种可能的实现方式中,获取第二感知信息,包括:接收来自第二感知装置的该第二感知信息。In a possible implementation, acquiring the second perception information includes: receiving the second perception information from a second perception device.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以从第二感知装置处获取第二感知信息,换言之,第二感知信息是第二感知装置在第三时刻感知第一目标得到。本申请中,第二感知装置和第一感知装置相同或不同。Based on the above possible implementations, the perception management device can obtain the second perception information from the second perception device. In other words, the second perception information is obtained by the second perception device sensing the first target at the third moment. In the present application, the second perception device is the same as or different from the first perception device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:向该第二感知装置发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending fourth indication information to the second sensing device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a sensing target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以指示第二感知装置感知目标。这样,第二感知装置可以根据感知管理装置的指示扫描自己的感知区域,发现第一目标。Based on the above possible implementations, the sensing management device can instruct the second sensing device to sense the target. In this way, the second sensing device can scan its own sensing area according to the instruction of the sensing management device and find the first target.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取该第一感知装置的位置信息,该第一感知装置的位置信息用于确定该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: acquiring position information of the first sensing device, where the position information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以获取第一感知装置的位置信息,以便根据该位置信息和第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the perception management device can obtain the location information of the first perception device so as to determine the location of the first target at the second moment according to the location information and the first perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取该第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,该第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: acquiring array orientation information of the first sensing device, wherein the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine position information of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以获取第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,以便根据该阵面朝向信息和第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the perception management device can obtain the array orientation information of the first perception device, so as to determine the position of the first target at the second moment according to the array orientation information and the first perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知装置既可以是网络设备又可以是终端。In a possible implementation, the first sensing device may be both a network device and a terminal.

基于上述可能的实现方式,网络设备和/或终端可以用于感知第一目标,得到相应的感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the network device and/or the terminal can be used to perceive the first target and obtain corresponding perception information.

第二方面,提供了一种目标检测方法,该方法可以由感知装置(如第一感知装置和/或第二感 知装置)执行;或者,也可以由应用于感知装置中的模块,例如芯片、芯片系统或电路执行;或者,还可以由能实现全部或部分感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现,对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由感知装置执行为例进行说明,应理解,该感知装置可以是感知装置本身,或者是感知装置中的模块,或者是能实现全部或部分感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件。可以理解的,该感知装置可以为网络设备或终端。该方法包括:在第四时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,该第一位置信息用于指示该第一目标在第四时刻之后的第二时刻的位置;发送第一感知信息,该第一感知信息是根据该第一位置信息在该第二时刻感知该第一目标得到的,该第一感知信息用于确定该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置信息。In a second aspect, a target detection method is provided. The method can be performed by a sensing device (such as a first sensing device and/or a second sensing device). It may be executed by a sensing device); or, it may be executed by a module applied in the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sensing device, without limitation. For the convenience of description, the following is explained by taking the execution by the sensing device as an example. It should be understood that the sensing device may be the sensing device itself, or a module in the sensing device, or a logical node, a logical module or software that can realize all or part of the functions of the sensing device. It can be understood that the sensing device may be a network device or a terminal. The method includes: acquiring first position information of a first target at a fourth moment, the first position information being used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment after the fourth moment; sending first perception information, the first perception information being obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on the first position information, and the first perception information being used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述第二方面提供的方法,感知装置可以获取预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置,并发送根据该位置得到的第一感知信息,以便接收到第一感知信息的装置,如感知管理装置,根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。可以理解的,第一感知信息是针对特定时刻(如第二时刻)和特定位置(如预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置)获取的,所以更为准确。例如,在第二时刻,感知装置可以在前述预测的位置的方向上发射波束,来感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。而准确的第一感知信息可以使得感知管理装置确定的第一目标在第二时刻的位置更为准确。所以,第二方面提供的方法可以提高定位精度。Based on the method provided in the second aspect above, the perception device can obtain the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, and send the first perception information obtained based on the position, so that the device that receives the first perception information, such as the perception management device, determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information. It can be understood that the first perception information is obtained for a specific moment (such as the second moment) and a specific position (such as the predicted position of the first target at the second moment), so it is more accurate. For example, at the second moment, the perception device can emit a beam in the direction of the aforementioned predicted position to perceive the first target and obtain the first perception information. And the accurate first perception information can make the position of the first target determined by the perception management device at the second moment more accurate. Therefore, the method provided in the second aspect can improve positioning accuracy.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,该第一角度信息用于指示在该第二时刻,该第一目标与第一感知装置之间的方位角,该第二位置信息用于指示该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方法,第一感知信息可以指示第一目标在第二时刻与第一感知装置之间的方位角或第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以便接收到第一感知信息的装置根据该方位角或位置确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the first perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment or the position of the first target at the second moment, so that the device receiving the first perception information determines the position of the first target at the second moment based on the azimuth or position.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:该第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;其中,该第一指示信息用于指示在该第二时刻是否检测到该第一目标,该第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,该第一多普勒信息用于指示该第一感知信号的多普勒频移,该第一感知信号为用于感知该第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation, the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information of the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,第一感知信息还可以包括上述至少一种信息。其中,第二时刻的信息可用于接收到第一感知信息的装置确定第二时刻,进而知道确定的是第一目标在第二时刻的位置。第一指示信息可用于接收到第一感知信息的装置确定在第二时刻是否检测到第一目标。第一时延信息可用于接收到第一感知信息的装置确定第一感知信号的传输时延,进而辅助确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息,以提高定位精度。第一多普勒信息可用于接收到第一感知信息的装置确定第一感知信号的多普勒频移,进而根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动速度。可选的,接收到第一感知信息的装置还可以根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动方向。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the first perception information may also include at least one of the above information. Among them, the information at the second moment can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined. The first indication information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment. The first delay information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve the positioning accuracy. The first Doppler information can be used by the device that receives the first perception information to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. Optionally, the device that receives the first perception information can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知装置可以根据指示确定采用单站感知模式感知第一目标,还是采用双站感知模式感知第一目标,以适用于不同的通信场景。例如,当感知装置之间距离较远,发送第二指示信息的装置,如感知管理装置,可以指示单站感知模式,感知装置根据指示采用单站感知模式感知第一目标,当第一目标附近存在多个感知装置,发送第二指示信息的装置可以指示双站感知模式,感知装置根据指示采用双站感知模式感知第一目标。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the sensing device can determine whether to use a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode to sense the first target according to the indication, so as to be applicable to different communication scenarios. For example, when the sensing devices are far apart, the device that sends the second indication information, such as the sensing management device, can indicate a single-station sensing mode, and the sensing device senses the first target according to the indication using the single-station sensing mode. When there are multiple sensing devices near the first target, the device that sends the second indication information can indicate a dual-station sensing mode, and the sensing device senses the first target according to the indication using the dual-station sensing mode.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,该方法还包括:接收第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示该双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。In a possible implementation, the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, and the method further includes: receiving third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.

基于上述可能的实现方式,在第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式的情况下,感知装置还可以根据发送第三指示信息的装置,如感知管理装置的指示确定自己是发送感知信号的装置还是接收感知信号的装置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, when the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, the perception device can also determine whether it is a device sending a perception signal or a device receiving a perception signal according to the indication of a device sending the third indication information, such as a perception management device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二时刻的信息。 In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving information at a second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,感知装置可以确定在第二时刻感知第一目标。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the sensing device may determine to sense the first target at the second moment.

在一种可能的实现方式中,在第四时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,包括:发送第二感知信息,该第二感知信息用于指示在该第一时刻之前的第二时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;在该第四时刻接收该第一位置信息。In one possible implementation, obtaining first position information of the first target at a fourth moment includes: sending second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a second moment before the first moment; and receiving the first position information at the fourth moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以发送第二感知信息,使得接收到第二感知信息的装置,如感知管理装置根据第二感知信息得到第一位置信息,并将第一位置信息发送给感知装置,使得感知装置在第四时刻获取到第一位置信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, second perception information can be sent so that a device that receives the second perception information, such as a perception management device, obtains the first location information based on the second perception information and sends the first location information to the perception device, so that the perception device obtains the first location information at a fourth moment.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以根据发送第四指示信息的装置,如感知管理装置的指示在感知装置的感知区域内感知目标。Based on the possible implementation manners described above, the target may be sensed within the sensing area of the sensing device according to the instruction of the device that sends the fourth indication information, such as the sensing management device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第一时频资源的信息,该第一时频资源的信息用于指示在该第三时刻用于感知该第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending information about first time-frequency resources, where the information about the first time-frequency resources is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以为接收到第一时频资源的信息的装置,如第二感知装置,配置通信资源,以便该装置通过配置的通信资源感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, communication resources can be configured for a device that receives information about the first time-frequency resource, such as a second perception device, so that the device perceives the first target through the configured communication resources and obtains second perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收该第二感知信息,该第二感知信息是在该第一时频资源上感知到的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving the second perception information, where the second perception information is information perceived on the first time-frequency resource.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以接收第二感知信息,以便将第二感知信息发送给感知管理装置,方便感知管理装置根据第二感知信息确定第一位置信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the second perception information can be received so as to send the second perception information to the perception management device, so as to facilitate the perception management device to determine the first location information according to the second perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第二时频资源的信息,该第二时频资源的信息用于指示在该第二时刻用于感知该第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending information about a second time-frequency resource, where the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以为接收到第二时频资源的信息的装置,如第一感知装置,配置通信资源,以便该装置通过配置的通信资源感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, communication resources can be configured for a device that receives information about the second time-frequency resources, such as a first perception device, so that the device perceives the first target through the configured communication resources and obtains first perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收该第一感知信息,该第一感知信息是根据该第二时频资源的信息和该第一位置信息在该第二时刻感知该第一目标得到的。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving the first perception information, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on the information of the second time-frequency resource and the first position information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以接收第一感知信息,以便将第一感知信息发送给感知管理装置,方便感知管理装置根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the first perception information can be received so as to send the first perception information to the perception management device, so as to facilitate the perception management device to determine the position of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第一信息,该第一信息用于确定该第一位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending first information, where the first information is used to determine the first location information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以发送第一信息,以便接收到第一信息的装置,如第一感知装置,根据第一信息确定第一位置信息。例如,第一信息包括第一位置信息,或者包括第一位置信息指示的位置与第一感知装置的天线阵面之间的夹角。Based on the above possible implementations, the first information may be sent so that a device that receives the first information, such as a first sensing device, determines the first position information according to the first information. For example, the first information includes the first position information, or includes the angle between the position indicated by the first position information and the antenna array of the first sensing device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第一时频资源的信息;在该第三时刻根据该第一时频资源的信息感知该第一目标,得到该第二感知信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving information of a first time-frequency resource; and sensing the first target at the third moment according to the information of the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second sensing information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以接收第一时频资源的信息,并在第三时刻通过第一时频资源的信息指示的时频资源接收信号,以获取第二感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the information of the first time-frequency resource can be received, and at the third moment, a signal can be received through the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第二时频资源的信息;根据该第一位置信息和该第二时频资源的信息在该第二时刻感知该第一目标,得到该第一感知信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: receiving information of a second time-frequency resource; and sensing the first target at the second moment according to the first position information and the information of the second time-frequency resource to obtain the first sensing information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以接收第二时频资源的信息,并在第二时刻在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上通过第二时频资源的信息指示的时频资源接收信号,以获取第一感知信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, information of the second time-frequency resource can be received, and a signal can be received at a second moment in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information through the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the second time-frequency resource to obtain the first perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,该第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定该第一目标在该第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the method further includes: sending array orientation information of the first sensing device, where the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine position information of the first target at the second moment.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以发送第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,以便接收到该阵面朝向信息的装置,如感知管理装置,根据该阵面朝向信息和第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the array orientation information of the first sensing device can be sent so that a device that receives the array orientation information, such as a sensing management device, can determine the position of the first target at the second moment based on the array orientation information and the first sensing information.

第三方面,提供了一种目标检测方法,该方法可以由感知装置(如第五感知装置和/或第六感知装置)执行;或者,也可以由应用于感知装置中的模块,例如芯片、芯片系统或电路执行;或 者,还可以由能实现全部或部分感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现,对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由感知装置执行为例进行说明,应理解,该感知装置可以是感知装置本身,或者是感知装置中的模块,或者是能实现全部或部分感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件。可以理解的,该感知装置可以为网络设备。该方法包括:发送第一时频资源的信息,该第一时频资源的信息用于指示在第三时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源;接收第二感知信息,该第二感知信息是根据该第一时频资源的信息在该第三时刻感知该第一目标得到的。In a third aspect, a target detection method is provided, which can be performed by a sensing device (such as a fifth sensing device and/or a sixth sensing device); or, it can also be performed by a module applied to the sensing device, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit; or Alternatively, it may be implemented by a logical node, a logical module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception device, without limitation. For ease of description, the following is explained by taking the execution by the perception device as an example. It should be understood that the perception device may be the perception device itself, or a module in the perception device, or a logical node, a logical module or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception device. It can be understood that the perception device may be a network device. The method includes: sending information about a first time-frequency resource, the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate the time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at a third moment; receiving second perception information, the second perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource.

基于上述第三方面提供的方法,可以下发在第三时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源,以便获取到该时频资源的装置,如第二感知装置,在第三时刻通过该时频资源接收感知信号,得到第二感知信息。Based on the method provided in the third aspect above, the time-frequency resources of the perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment can be sent down, so that a device that obtains the time-frequency resources, such as the second perception device, receives the perception signal through the time-frequency resources at the third moment to obtain the second perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送该第二感知信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending the second perception information.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以使得接收到第二感知信息的装置,如感知管理装置,根据第二感知信息确定第一位置信息。Based on the possible implementation methods described above, a device that receives the second perception information, such as a perception management device, can determine the first location information according to the second perception information.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二感知信息包括第二角度信息或第三位置信息,该第二角度信息用于指示在该第三时刻,该第一目标与该第二感知装置之间的方位角,该第三位置信息用于指示该第一目标在该第三时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information, the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment, and the third position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment.

基于上述可能的实现方法,第二感知信息可以指示第一目标在第三时刻与第二感知装置之间的方位角或第一目标在第三时刻的位置,以便接收到第二感知信息的装置根据该方位角或位置确定第一位置信息。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the second perception information can indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment or the position of the first target at the third moment, so that the device receiving the second perception information determines the first position information based on the azimuth or position.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二感知信息还包括以下至少一项:该第三时刻的信息、第五指示信息、第二时延信息或第二多普勒信息;其中,该第五指示信息用于指示在该第三时刻是否检测到该第一目标,该第二时延信息用于指示第二感知信号的传输时延,该第二多普勒信息用于指示该第二感知信号的多普勒频移,该第二感知信号为用于感知该第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation, the second perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at the third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information or second Doppler information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment, the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and the second perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,第二感知信息还可以包括上述至少一种信息。其中,第三时刻的信息可用于接收到第二感知信息的装置确定第二时刻,进而知道确定的是第一目标在第三时刻的位置。第五指示信息可用于接收到第二感知信息的装置确定在第三时刻是否检测到第一目标。第二时延信息可用于接收到第二感知信息的装置确定第二感知信号的传输时延,进而辅助确定第一目标在第三时刻的位置信息,以提高定位精度。第二多普勒信息可用于接收到第二感知信息的装置确定第二感知信号的多普勒频移,进而根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第三时刻的运动速度。可选的,接收到第二感知信息的装置还可以根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第三时刻的运动方向。Based on the above possible implementation methods, the second perception information may also include at least one of the above information. Among them, the information at the third moment can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the third moment is determined. The fifth indication information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine whether the first target is detected at the third moment. The second delay information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the third moment to improve positioning accuracy. The second Doppler information can be used by the device that receives the second perception information to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. Optionally, the device that receives the second perception information can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.

基于上述可能的实现方式,可以根据发送第四指示信息的装置,如感知管理装置的指示在感知装置的感知区域内感知目标。Based on the possible implementation manners described above, the target may be sensed within the sensing area of the sensing device according to the instruction of the device that sends the fourth indication information, such as the sensing management device.

第四方面,提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置,或者包含上述感知管理装置的装置,或者为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第二方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第三方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现。该通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided for implementing the above method. The communication device may be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device may be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device may be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above third aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device. The communication device includes a module, a unit, or a means corresponding to the implementation of the above method, and the module, the unit, or the means may be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing the corresponding software implementation. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.

结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置可以包括处理模块。该处理模块,可以用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的处理功能。该处理模块例如可以为处理 器。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the communication device may include a processing module. The processing module may be used to implement the processing functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof. The processing module may be, for example, a processing module. device.

结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还可以包括接口模块。该接口模块,也可以称为接口单元,用以实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和/或接收功能。该接口模块可以由接口电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口构成。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation, the communication device may further include an interface module. The interface module, which may also be referred to as an interface unit, is used to implement the sending and/or receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof. The interface module may be composed of an interface circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,接口模块包括发送模块和接收模块,分别用于实现上述任一方面及其任意可能的实现方式中的发送和接收功能。In combination with the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the interface module includes a sending module and a receiving module, which are respectively used to implement the sending and receiving functions in any of the above aspects and any possible implementations thereof.

第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;该处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据该指令执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置,或者包含上述感知管理装置的装置,或者为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第二方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第三方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; the processor is used to couple with a memory, and after reading the instruction in the memory, execute the method as described in any of the above aspects according to the instruction. The communication device can be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above third aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device.

结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存程序指令和数据。In combination with the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the communication device also includes a memory, and the memory is used to store program instructions and data.

结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. Optionally, when the communication device is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.

第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和接口电路;接口电路,用于接收计算机程序或指令并传输至处理器;处理器用于执行所述计算机程序或指令,以使该通信装置执执行如上述任一方面所述的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置,或者包含上述感知管理装置的装置,或者为上述第一方面中的感知管理装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第二方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面中的感知装置,或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为上述第三方面中的感知装置中的模块,如芯片、芯片系统或电路,或者为能实现部分或全部感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件实现。In a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and an interface circuit; the interface circuit is used to receive a computer program or instruction and transmit it to the processor; the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction so that the communication device executes the method described in any of the above aspects. The communication device can be the perception management device in the above first aspect, or a device including the above perception management device, or a module in the perception management device in the above first aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception management device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above second aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above second aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device; or, the communication device can be the perception device in the above third aspect, or a device including the above perception device, or a module in the perception device in the above third aspect, such as a chip, a chip system or a circuit, or a logical node, a logical module or a software implementation that can realize part or all of the functions of the perception device.

结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置为芯片或芯片系统。可选的,该通信装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In conjunction with the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation, the communication device is a chip or a chip system. Optionally, when the communication device is a chip system, it can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices.

第七方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium is run on a computer, the computer can execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.

第八方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of the above aspects.

第九方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括以下至少一项:用于执行上述第一方面所述的方法的感知管理装置、用于执行上述第二方面所述的方法的感知装置或用于执行上述第三方面所述的方法的感知装置。In a ninth aspect, a communication system is provided, which includes at least one of the following: a perception management device for executing the method described in the first aspect, a perception device for executing the method described in the second aspect, or a perception device for executing the method described in the third aspect.

其中,第三方面至第九方面中任一种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面至第三方面中任一方面或任一方面中不同可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought about by any possible implementation method of the third to ninth aspects can be referred to the technical effects brought about by any aspect of the first to third aspects or different possible implementation methods of any aspect, and will not be repeated here.

可以理解的是,在方案不矛盾的前提下,上述各个方面中的方案均可以结合。It can be understood that, under the premise that the solutions are not contradictory, the solutions in the above aspects can be combined.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

图1A为本申请提供的感知装置的阵面朝向的示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram of the array orientation of the sensing device provided in the present application;

图1B为本申请提供的目标的方位角的示意图;FIG1B is a schematic diagram of the azimuth angle of a target provided by the present application;

图1C为本申请提供的感知装置的波束的示意图; FIG1C is a schematic diagram of a beam of a sensing device provided in the present application;

图1D为本申请提供的感知模式的示意图一;FIG1D is a schematic diagram 1 of a perception mode provided by the present application;

图1E为本申请提供的感知模式的示意图二;FIG1E is a second schematic diagram of the perception mode provided by the present application;

图1F为本申请提供的目标检测方法的应用场景示意图一;FIG1F is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of the target detection method provided in the present application;

图1G为本申请提供的目标检测方法的应用场景示意图二;FIG1G is a second schematic diagram of an application scenario of the target detection method provided in the present application;

图2为本申请提供的通信系统架构示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by the present application;

图3A为本申请提供的通信场景的示意图一;FIG3A is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication scenario provided by the present application;

图3B为本申请提供的通信场景的示意图二;FIG3B is a second schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application;

图3C为本申请提供的通信场景的示意图三;FIG3C is a third schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application;

图3D为本申请提供的通信场景的示意图四;FIG3D is a fourth schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application;

图3E为本申请提供的通信场景的示意图五;FIG3E is a fifth schematic diagram of a communication scenario provided by the present application;

图4为本申请提供的通信装置的硬件结构示意图;FIG4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of the communication device provided by the present application;

图5为本申请提供的目标检测方法的流程示意图一;FIG5 is a flow chart of a target detection method provided by the present application;

图6为本申请提供的目标检测方法的流程示意图二;FIG6 is a second flow chart of the target detection method provided by the present application;

图7为本申请提供的第一时刻、第二时刻和第四时刻的时间关系示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of the time relationship between the first moment, the second moment and the fourth moment provided by the present application;

图8为本申请提供的通信装置的结构示意图。FIG8 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the communication device provided in the present application.

具体实施方式DETAILED DESCRIPTION

在介绍本申请的技术方案之前,对本申请涉及的相关技术术语进行解释说明。可以理解的是,这些解释说明是为了让本申请更容易被理解,而不应该视为对本申请所要求的保护范围的限定。Before introducing the technical solution of the present application, the relevant technical terms involved in the present application are explained. It is understandable that these explanations are intended to make the present application easier to understand and should not be regarded as limiting the scope of protection claimed by the present application.

1、感知装置1. Sensing device

本申请中的感知装置,如下述实施例中的感知装202、感知装置205、第一感知装置或第二感知装置等,具备感知能力和通信能力,可通过发射信号感知目标。例如,感知装置可以发送信号,并接收该信号的反射信号(或回波信号),根据该反射信号感知目标,得到目标的感知信息。示例性的,感知装置为网络设备或终端等。The sensing device in the present application, such as the sensing device 202, the sensing device 205, the first sensing device or the second sensing device in the following embodiments, has sensing capability and communication capability, and can sense the target by transmitting a signal. For example, the sensing device can send a signal and receive a reflected signal (or echo signal) of the signal, sense the target according to the reflected signal, and obtain sensing information of the target. Exemplarily, the sensing device is a network device or a terminal.

本申请中的网络设备还可称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备或RAN节点等。网络设备包括但不限于:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),下一代LTE中的演进型基站(next generation eNB,ng-eNB),新无线(new radio,NR)中的基站(gNodeB或gNB),发射点(transmitting point,TP)或收发点(transmission receiving point/transmission reception point,TRP),3GPP后续演进的基站,下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB),第六代(6th generation,6G)移动通信系统中的下一代基站,未来移动通信系统中的基站,无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点,接入回传一体化(integrated access and backhaul,IAB)节点等。其中,基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站,或,气球站等。多个基站可以支持上述提及的同一种技术的网络,也可以支持上述提及的不同技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的TRP。网络设备还可以是设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信、车联网通信、无人机通信、机器通信中担任基站功能的设备。网络设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。RAN节点还可以是集中单元(centralized unit,CU)、分布单元(distributed unit,DU)、CU-控制面(control plane,CP)、CU-用户面(user plane,UP)、无线单元(radio unit,RU)、具有基站功能的路边单元(road side unit,RSU)、有线接入网关或者核心网网元等。网络设备还可以是服务器,可穿戴设备,机器通信设备或车载设备等。例如,车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备可以为路边单元(road side unit,RSU)。The network equipment in this application may also be referred to as radio access network (RAN) equipment or RAN node, etc. Network equipment includes, but is not limited to: evolved base stations (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in long term evolution (LTE), evolved base stations (next generation eNB, ng-eNB) in next generation LTE, base stations (gNodeB or gNB) in new radio (NR), transmitting points (transmitting point, TP) or transmission receiving points (transmission receiving point/transmission reception point, TRP), base stations of subsequent evolution of 3GPP, next generation base stations (next generation NodeB, gNB), next generation base stations in sixth generation (6G) mobile communication systems, base stations in future mobile communication systems, access nodes in wireless fidelity (WiFi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, integrated access and backhaul (IAB) nodes, etc. Among them, the base station can be: a macro base station, a micro base station, a pico base station, a small station, a relay station, or a balloon station, etc. Multiple base stations can support the network of the same technology mentioned above, or they can support the network of different technologies mentioned above. The base station can include one or more co-sited or non-co-sited TRPs. The network device can also be a device that acts as a base station in device-to-device (D2D) communication, Internet of Vehicles communication, drone communication, and machine communication. The network device can also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. The RAN node can also be a centralized unit (CU), a distributed unit (DU), a CU-control plane (CP), a CU-user plane (UP), a radio unit (RU), a road side unit (RSU) with base station function, a wired access gateway or a core network element, etc. The network device can also be a server, a wearable device, a machine communication device or a vehicle-mounted device, etc. For example, the network device in vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU).

本申请中,CU和DU可以是单独设置,或者也可以包括在同一个网元中,例如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)中。RU可以包括在射频设备或者射频单元中,例如包括在射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线处理单元(active antenna unit,AAU)或远程射频头(remote radio head,RRH)中。可以理解的是,CU可以划分为接入网中的网络设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网中的网络设备,在此不做限制。 In the present application, CU and DU may be separately configured, or may be included in the same network element, such as a baseband unit (BBU). RU may be included in a radio frequency device or a radio frequency unit, such as a remote radio unit (RRU), an active antenna unit (AAU) or a remote radio head (RRH). It is understood that CU may be classified as a network device in an access network, or may be classified as a network device in a core network, without limitation.

可以理解的,在不同系统中,CU(或CU-CP和CU-UP)、DU或RU也可以有不同的名称,但是本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。例如,在开放无线接入网(open radio access network,ORAN)系统中,CU也可以称为O-CU(开放式CU),DU也可以称为O-DU,CU-CP也可以称为O-CU-CP,CU-UP也可以称为O-CU-UP,RU也可以称为O-RU。另外,本申请中的CU(或CU-CP、CU-UP)、DU和RU中的任一单元,可以是通过软件模块、硬件模块、或者软件模块与硬件模块结合来实现。It is understandable that in different systems, CU (or CU-CP and CU-UP), DU or RU may have different names, but those skilled in the art can understand their meanings. For example, in an open radio access network (ORAN) system, CU may also be referred to as O-CU (open CU), DU may also be referred to as O-DU, CU-CP may also be referred to as O-CU-CP, CU-UP may also be referred to as O-CU-UP, and RU may also be referred to as O-RU. In addition, any unit of CU (or CU-CP, CU-UP), DU and RU in this application may be implemented by a software module, a hardware module, or a combination of a software module and a hardware module.

本申请中的终端可以部署在陆地上,包括室内、室外、手持或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。终端还可以称为终端设备,终端设备可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,或是用于向用户提供语音或数据连通性的设备。其中,UE包括具有无线通信功能的手持式设备、车载设备(例如,设置于汽车、自行车、电动车、飞机、船舶、火车、高铁等中的设备)、可穿戴设备(例如智能手表、智能手环、计步器等)或计算设备。示例性地,UE可以是手机(mobile phone)、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)或带无线收发功能的电脑。UE还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、无线调制解调器(modem)、智能销售点(point of sale,POS)机、客户终端设备(customer-premises equipment,CPE)、智能机器人、机械臂、车间设备、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、车载终端、具有终端功能的路边单元(road side unit,RSU)、或飞行设备(例如,智能机器人、热气球、无人机、飞机)等等。终端还可以是其他具有终端功能的设备,例如,终端还可以是D2D通信中担任终端功能的设备。The terminal in this application can be deployed on land, including indoors, outdoors, handheld or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water surface (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes, balloons and satellites, etc.). The terminal can also be called a terminal device, and the terminal device can be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., or a device for providing voice or data connectivity to users. Among them, UE includes handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices (for example, devices set in cars, bicycles, electric vehicles, airplanes, ships, trains, high-speed railways, etc.), wearable devices (such as smart watches, smart bracelets, pedometers, etc.) or computing devices. Exemplarily, UE can be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a mobile Internet device (mobile internet device, MID) or a computer with wireless transceiver function. UE can also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (AR) terminal device, a wireless modem, an intelligent point of sale (POS) machine, a customer-premises equipment (CPE), an intelligent robot, a robotic arm, workshop equipment, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in a smart grid, a wireless terminal in transportation safety, a wireless terminal in a smart city, a vehicle terminal, a roadside unit (RSU) with a terminal function, or a flying device (e.g., an intelligent robot, a hot air balloon, a drone, an airplane), etc. The terminal can also be other devices with terminal functions, for example, the terminal can also be a device that serves as a terminal in D2D communication.

本申请的终端可以是作为一个或多个部件或者单元而内置于车辆的车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元,车辆通过内置的所述车载模块、车载模组、车载部件、车载芯片或者车载单元可以实施本申请的方法。因此,本申请可以应用于车联网,例如车辆外联(vehicle to everything,V2X)、车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution vehicle,LTE-V)、车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)等。The terminal of the present application may be a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted module, a vehicle-mounted component, a vehicle-mounted chip or a vehicle-mounted unit built into a vehicle as one or more components or units, and the vehicle may implement the method of the present application through the built-in vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted module, vehicle-mounted component, vehicle-mounted chip or vehicle-mounted unit. Therefore, the present application may be applied to vehicle networking, such as vehicle to everything (V2X), long term evolution vehicle (LTE-V), vehicle to vehicle (V2V), etc.

可以理解的,在一些场景下,网络设备和终端的角色是相对的。例如,通常被配置为终端的直升机或无人机,也可以被配置成移动基站,通过直升机或无人机接入到网络设备的设备被配置为终端。It is understandable that in some scenarios, the roles of network devices and terminals are relative. For example, a helicopter or drone that is usually configured as a terminal can also be configured as a mobile base station, and the device that accesses the network device through the helicopter or drone is configured as a terminal.

本申请中,可根据需要设置感知装置。例如,在一些场景下,为了使感知装置有足够的直视径,可将感知装置设置于路灯或行道树等路旁的物体上。In the present application, the sensing device may be arranged as required. For example, in some scenarios, in order to allow the sensing device to have a sufficient direct line of sight, the sensing device may be arranged on roadside objects such as street lamps or roadside trees.

2、感知装置的阵面朝向(以下简称为阵面朝向)2. Array orientation of the sensing device (hereinafter referred to as array orientation)

本申请中,阵面朝向为感知装置的天线阵面(以下简称为天线阵面)的朝向。可以理解的,阵面朝向可以有多种表示方式,本申请以图1A所示的水平方位角(azimuth angle)、下倾角和倾斜角为例进行说明。In this application, the array face direction refers to the direction of the antenna array face of the sensing device (hereinafter referred to as the antenna array face). It can be understood that the array face direction can be expressed in many ways. This application uses the horizontal azimuth angle, downtilt angle and tilt angle shown in Figure 1A as an example for explanation.

作为一种示例,阵面朝向通过天线阵面所在的局部坐标系相对于三维全局坐标系的水平方位角α、下倾角β和倾斜角γ来表示。例如,在图1A中,全局坐标系o-xyz变换到天线阵面101所在的局部坐标系的过程包括:先将全局坐标系o-xyz以z轴为轴旋转α角度得到坐标系o-再将坐标系轴为轴旋转β角度得到坐标系再将坐标系轴为轴旋转γ角度得到坐标系即为天线阵面101所在的局部坐标系。在天线阵面101所在的局部坐标系中,天线阵面101的法线方向指向轴正方向,天线阵面101的两个边缘位于轴和轴上。As an example, the array face orientation is represented by the horizontal azimuth angle α, downtilt angle β and tilt angle γ of the local coordinate system where the antenna array face is located relative to the three-dimensional global coordinate system. For example, in FIG1A , the global coordinate system o-xyz is transformed to the local coordinate system where the antenna array face 101 is located The process includes: first rotating the global coordinate system o-xyz around the z axis by an angle α to obtain the coordinate system o- Then the coordinate system by The axis is rotated by an angle β to obtain the coordinate system Then the coordinate system by The axis is rotated by an angle of γ to obtain the coordinate system That is the local coordinate system where the antenna array surface 101 is located. In the figure, the normal direction of the antenna array 101 points to In the positive direction of the axis, the two edges of the antenna array 101 are located Axis and On axis.

3、目标3. Goal

本申请中的目标,如下述实施例中的目标203、第一目标或第二目标等,为可被感知装置感知到的人或物,具备可移动性。目标可以具备通信能力,也可以不具备通信能力。例如,目标包括但不限于:人、各种运载工具或前文介绍的各种终端等。其中,运载工具可用于运输人或货物等,例如为车辆、火车、高铁、飞机或无人机等。 The target in this application, such as the target 203, the first target or the second target in the following embodiments, is a person or object that can be sensed by the sensing device and has mobility. The target may or may not have communication capabilities. For example, the target includes but is not limited to: people, various means of transport or various terminals described above. Among them, the means of transport can be used to transport people or goods, such as vehicles, trains, high-speed trains, airplanes or drones.

4、目标的方位角4. Target azimuth

本申请中,目标的方位角为目标的方位与感知装置的天线阵面之间的夹角。可以理解的,目标的方位角可以有多种表示方式,本申请以图1B所示的天顶角(zenith angle)、水平方位角为例进行说明。In this application, the azimuth angle of the target is the angle between the azimuth of the target and the antenna array of the sensing device. It can be understood that the azimuth angle of the target can be expressed in many ways. This application uses the zenith angle and horizontal azimuth angle shown in Figure 1B as an example for explanation.

作为一种示例,目标的方位角可通过天顶角和水平方位角来表示。例如,在图1B中,目标位于A点,天线阵面111位于yoz平面,x轴的正方向为天线阵面111的法线方向。目标的方位角为oA与天线阵面111之间的夹角,可通过oA与z轴的夹角θ(即A点或oA对应的天顶角),以及oA在xoy平面上的投影oa与x轴之间的夹角(即A点或oA对应的水平方位角)来表示。即:目标的方位角可表示为(θ,)。As an example, the azimuth of the target can be represented by the zenith angle and the horizontal azimuth angle. For example, in FIG1B , the target is located at point A, the antenna array 111 is located in the yoz plane, and the positive direction of the x-axis is the normal direction of the antenna array 111. The azimuth of the target is the angle between oA and the antenna array 111, which can be obtained by the angle θ between oA and the z-axis (i.e., the zenith angle corresponding to point A or oA), and the angle between the projection oa of oA on the xoy plane and the x-axis. (i.e. the horizontal azimuth corresponding to point A or oA). That is, the azimuth of the target can be expressed as (θ, ).

5、波束赋形5. Beamforming

本申请中,感知装置具备多天线阵列,可进行波束赋形,使传输功率汇集到波束所指向的方向。因此,与未进行波束赋形的波束相比,可以使得波束指向的方向上传输功率更高。例如,感知装置可通过调节天线权值,在空间中形成一个或多个发送波束,和/或,一个或多个接收波束。其中,发送波束用于发送信号,接收波束用于接收信号。可以理解的,发送波束和接收波束的方向可以相同或不同。In the present application, the sensing device has a multi-antenna array and can perform beamforming so that the transmission power is concentrated in the direction pointed by the beam. Therefore, compared with the beam without beamforming, the transmission power in the direction pointed by the beam can be higher. For example, the sensing device can form one or more transmit beams and/or one or more receive beams in space by adjusting the antenna weights. Among them, the transmit beam is used to send signals and the receive beam is used to receive signals. It can be understood that the directions of the transmit beam and the receive beam can be the same or different.

例如,在图1C中,感知装置发射4个波束,分别为波束121至波束124。其中,波束121至波束124都为发送波束或接收波束;或者,波束121和波束122为发送波束,波束123和波束124为接收波束;或者,波束121至波束123为发送波束,波束124为接收波束;或者,在时刻1,波束121为接收波束,在时刻2,波束121为发送波束,不予限制。For example, in FIG1C , the sensing device transmits four beams, namely beams 121 to 124. Among them, beams 121 to 124 are all transmitting beams or receiving beams; or, beams 121 and 122 are transmitting beams, and beams 123 and 124 are receiving beams; or, beams 121 to 123 are transmitting beams, and beam 124 is a receiving beam; or, at time 1, beam 121 is a receiving beam, and at time 2, beam 121 is a transmitting beam, without limitation.

本申请中,波束赋形还可称为波束成型或空域滤波等。In this application, beamforming may also be referred to as beamforming or spatial filtering.

6、感知模式6. Perception Mode

本申请中,感知模式是指感知装置感知目标的模式,包括单站感知模式、双站感知模式或多站感知模式。其中,单站感知模式、双站感知模式和多站感知模式是根据感知装置的数量、发射和接收信号的装置是否相同来区分的。下面进行具体阐述。In this application, the sensing mode refers to the mode in which the sensing device senses the target, including a single-station sensing mode, a dual-station sensing mode, or a multi-station sensing mode. Among them, the single-station sensing mode, the dual-station sensing mode, and the multi-station sensing mode are distinguished according to the number of sensing devices and whether the devices transmitting and receiving signals are the same. The following is a detailed explanation.

单站感知模式是指通过一个感知装置感知目标的模式,在单站感知模式中,发射和接收信号的装置相同。例如,在图1D中,感知装置发送信号,并接收该信号的反射信号,根据上述接收的反射信号感知目标。The single-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by a sensing device, in which the devices for transmitting and receiving signals are the same. For example, in FIG1D , the sensing device sends a signal and receives a reflected signal of the signal, and senses the target based on the received reflected signal.

双站感知模式是指通过两个感知装置感知目标的模式,在双站感知模式中,发射和接收信号的装置不同。例如,在图1E中,感知装置1发送信号,感知装置2接收该信号的反射信号,根据上述接收的反射信号感知目标。The dual-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by two sensing devices, in which the devices for transmitting and receiving signals are different. For example, in FIG. 1E , sensing device 1 sends a signal, and sensing device 2 receives a reflected signal of the signal, and senses the target based on the received reflected signal.

多站感知模式是指通过三个或三个以上的感知装置感知目标的模式。其中,这些感知装置中的一部分感知装置用于发送信号,另一部分感知装置用于接收信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号感知目标。以三个感知装置为例,其中一个感知装置发送信号,另外两个感知装置用于接收该信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号感知目标;或者,其中两个感知装置发送信号,另外一个感知装置用于分别接收前述两个感知装置发送的信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号感知目标。The multi-station sensing mode refers to a mode in which a target is sensed by three or more sensing devices. Among them, some of the sensing devices are used to send signals, and the other sensing devices are used to receive reflected signals of the signals, and sense the target based on the reflected signals. Taking three sensing devices as an example, one of the sensing devices sends a signal, and the other two sensing devices are used to receive reflected signals of the signal, and sense the target based on the reflected signals; or, two of the sensing devices send signals, and the other sensing device is used to receive reflected signals of the signals sent by the above two sensing devices, and sense the target based on the reflected signals.

本申请主要以单站感知模式感知目标和双站感知模式感知目标为例进行阐述的,多站感知模式感知目标的逻辑与双站感知模式感知目标的逻辑类似,不同的是发送信号的感知装置的数量,和/或,接收信号的感知装置的数量。因此,多站感知模式感知目标的介绍可以参考本申请对双站感知模式感知目标的描述,不再赘述。This application mainly uses the single-station sensing mode sensing target and the dual-station sensing mode sensing target as examples for explanation. The logic of the multi-station sensing mode sensing target is similar to that of the dual-station sensing mode sensing target. The difference is the number of sensing devices that send signals and/or the number of sensing devices that receive signals. Therefore, the introduction of the multi-station sensing mode sensing target can refer to the description of the dual-station sensing mode sensing target in this application, and will not be repeated here.

如前文所述,感知装置可以感知目标,因此,可以基于感知装置的感知检测目标。例如,可以通过如下三种方法检测目标的位置。As mentioned above, the sensing device can sense the target, and therefore, the target can be detected based on the sensing of the sensing device. For example, the position of the target can be detected by the following three methods.

方法1:请参考图1F,至少两个感知装置,如感知装置1和感知装置2,向目标发送信号。目标接收到信号后,分别确定每个信号的传输时延,并将该传输时延发送给定位装置,以便定位装置根据接收到的传输时延以及至少两个感知装置的位置确定目标的位置。Method 1: Referring to FIG. 1F , at least two sensing devices, such as sensing device 1 and sensing device 2, send signals to the target. After receiving the signals, the target determines the transmission delay of each signal and sends the transmission delay to the positioning device, so that the positioning device determines the position of the target according to the received transmission delay and the positions of the at least two sensing devices.

在方法1中,定位装置可以确定目标的位置。但是,目标需具备通信能力,所以方法1仅适用于目标具备通信能力的场景。另外,感知装置通常通过广播的方式发送信号,使得目标接收信号的功率较低,所以接收的信号的信噪比也较低,因此,目标估计传输时延的精度不高,进而会 影响定位装置的定位精度。In method 1, the positioning device can determine the location of the target. However, the target needs to have communication capabilities, so method 1 is only applicable to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities. In addition, the sensing device usually sends signals by broadcasting, which makes the power of the target receiving the signal low, so the signal-to-noise ratio of the received signal is also low. Therefore, the accuracy of the target estimating the transmission delay is not high, which will lead to Affects the positioning accuracy of the positioning device.

方法2:请参考图1G,感知装置发送信号,并接收该信号的反射信号,进而确定该信号的传输时延和目标的方位角,并将该传输时延和目标的方位角发送给感知管理装置。后续,感知管理装置可以根据该传输时延、目标的方位角和感知装置的位置确定目标的位置。Method 2: Please refer to Figure 1G, the sensing device sends a signal and receives the reflected signal of the signal, thereby determining the transmission delay of the signal and the azimuth of the target, and sending the transmission delay and the azimuth of the target to the sensing management device. Subsequently, the sensing management device can determine the location of the target based on the transmission delay, the azimuth of the target and the location of the sensing device.

在方法2中,感知管理装置可以确定目标的位置,并且目标可以不具备通信能力,所以方法2不仅可以适用于目标具备通信能力的场景,还适用于目标不具备通信能力的场景。但是,当目标不具备通信能力或目标的的雷达截面积(radar cross section)较小时,例如,目标为人或无人机时,反射回感知装置的信号功率较弱,使得反射信号的接收功率较低,反射信号的接收信噪比也就较低,从而导致感知装置感知到的信息(如信号的传输时延和目标的方位角)不准确,进而对感知管理装置检测到目标的概率以及对目标的定位精度都有一定影响。In method 2, the perception management device can determine the location of the target, and the target may not have communication capabilities, so method 2 is applicable not only to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities. However, when the target does not have communication capabilities or the radar cross section of the target is small, for example, when the target is a person or a drone, the signal power reflected back to the perception device is weak, resulting in a low received power of the reflected signal, and a low received signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, which results in inaccurate information perceived by the perception device (such as the transmission delay of the signal and the azimuth of the target), which in turn has a certain impact on the probability of the perception management device detecting the target and the positioning accuracy of the target.

方法3:感知管理装置预测目标在时刻1的位置(以下简称预测位置),并获取第一感知信息,根据第一感知信息确定目标在时刻1的实际位置。其中,第一感知信息是根据预测位置在时刻1感知到的目标的信息。Method 3: The perception management device predicts the position of the target at time 1 (hereinafter referred to as the predicted position), obtains the first perception information, and determines the actual position of the target at time 1 according to the first perception information. The first perception information is the information of the target perceived at time 1 according to the predicted position.

在方法3中,感知管理装置可以确定目标在时刻1的实际位置,并且目标可以不具备通信能力,所以方法3不仅可以适用于目标具备通信能力的场景,还适用于目标不具备通信能力的场景。另外,第一感知信息是根据预测位置在时刻1感知到的,也即,第一感知信息是针对特定时刻以及特定位置获取的,更具针对性,所以第一感知信息较为准确。因此,感知管理装置根据第一感知信息确定目标在时刻1的实际位置,可以提升检测到目标的概率以及定位精度。方法3的具体实施方式将在下述图5和图6所示的方法中进行具体阐述,此处不做赘述。In method 3, the perception management device can determine the actual position of the target at time 1, and the target may not have communication capabilities, so method 3 is applicable not only to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities. In addition, the first perception information is perceived at time 1 based on the predicted position, that is, the first perception information is obtained for a specific time and a specific position, which is more targeted, so the first perception information is more accurate. Therefore, the perception management device determines the actual position of the target at time 1 based on the first perception information, which can improve the probability of detecting the target and the positioning accuracy. The specific implementation of method 3 will be specifically described in the methods shown in Figures 5 and 6 below, and will not be repeated here.

可以理解的,本申请提供的方法可用于各种通信系统。例如该通信系统可以为LTE系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)通信系统、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)系统、第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)相关的通信系统、未来演进的通信系统(如:第六代(6th generation,6G)通信系统等)、或多种系统融合的系统等,不予限制。其中,5G还可以称为NR。下面以图2所示通信系统20为例,对本申请提供的方法进行描述。图2仅为示意图,并不构成对本申请提供的技术方案的适用场景的限定。It can be understood that the method provided in the present application can be used in various communication systems. For example, the communication system can be an LTE system, a fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) communication system, a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) system, a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) related communication system, a future evolving communication system (such as: sixth generation (6th generation, 6G) communication system, etc.), or a system integrating multiple systems, etc., without limitation. Among them, 5G can also be called NR. The method provided in the present application is described below by taking the communication system 20 shown in Figure 2 as an example. Figure 2 is only a schematic diagram and does not constitute a limitation on the applicable scenarios of the technical solution provided in the present application.

如图2所示,为本申请提供的通信系统20的架构示意图。图2中,通信系统20包括至少一个感知管理装置201(图2仅示出了一个)、与感知管理装置201通信连接的感知装置202以及位于感知装置202的感知区域内的目标203。可选的,通信系统20还包括与感知管理装置201通信连接的感知装置204。可选的,目标203也位于感知装置204的感知区域内。可选的,感知装置202和感知装置204通信连接。As shown in Figure 2, it is a schematic diagram of the architecture of the communication system 20 provided in the present application. In Figure 2, the communication system 20 includes at least one perception management device 201 (Figure 2 shows only one), a perception device 202 that is communicatively connected to the perception management device 201, and a target 203 located within the perception area of the perception device 202. Optionally, the communication system 20 also includes a perception device 204 that is communicatively connected to the perception management device 201. Optionally, the target 203 is also located within the perception area of the perception device 204. Optionally, the perception device 202 and the perception device 204 are communicatively connected.

本申请中的感知管理装置,如感知管理装置201,为具备通信能力和计算能力的装置,例如,为服务器、云服务器、核心网网元、接入网网元、云(cloud)或具备通信能力的计算设备等,不予限制。感知装置202、感知装置205以及目标203的介绍可以参考前文对感知装置和目标的描述,不再赘述。The perception management device in this application, such as perception management device 201, is a device with communication capabilities and computing capabilities, for example, a server, a cloud server, a core network element, an access network element, a cloud, or a computing device with communication capabilities, etc., without limitation. The introduction of perception device 202, perception device 205, and target 203 can refer to the description of perception devices and targets in the previous text, and will not be repeated here.

可选的,通信系统20还包括定位装置205,用于确定感知装置202和/或感知装置205的位置,并向感知管理装置201指示该位置。示例性的,定位装置205为具备通信能力和计算能力的装置,例如为服务器、云服务器、核心网网元、接入网网元、云或具备通信能力的计算设备等,不予限制。Optionally, the communication system 20 further includes a positioning device 205, which is used to determine the location of the sensing device 202 and/or the sensing device 205, and indicate the location to the sensing management device 201. Exemplarily, the positioning device 205 is a device with communication capabilities and computing capabilities, such as a server, a cloud server, a core network element, an access network element, a cloud, or a computing device with communication capabilities, etc., without limitation.

在图2中,感知管理装置、定位装置和感知装置为不同的物理设备。但是,在具体应用中,感知管理装置的逻辑功能、定位装置的逻辑功能和感知装置的逻辑功能中的至少两个可以集成在同一个物理设备上。例如,感知管理装置201的逻辑功能集成在感知装置202或感知装置205上。在这种情况下,感知装置202或感知装置205具备感知管理装置201的逻辑功能,可以执行感知管理装置201的操作,如根据目标的感知信息确定目标的位置。类似的,定位装置205的逻辑功能可以集成在感知装置202或感知装置205上,或者,感知管理装置201的逻辑功能和定位装置205的逻辑功能都可以集成在感知装置202或感知装置205上。In Figure 2, the perception management device, the positioning device and the perception device are different physical devices. However, in a specific application, at least two of the logical functions of the perception management device, the logical functions of the positioning device and the logical functions of the perception device can be integrated into the same physical device. For example, the logical functions of the perception management device 201 are integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205. In this case, the perception device 202 or the perception device 205 has the logical functions of the perception management device 201 and can perform the operations of the perception management device 201, such as determining the position of the target based on the perception information of the target. Similarly, the logical functions of the positioning device 205 can be integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205, or the logical functions of the perception management device 201 and the logical functions of the positioning device 205 can be integrated into the perception device 202 or the perception device 205.

可以理解的,图2所示的通信系统20仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统20还可以包括其他设备,同时也可根据 具体需要来确定感知管理装置、感知装置、目标或定位装置的数量,不予限制。例如,通信系统20还可以包括除了感知装置202和感知装置205之外的感知装置,如感知装置206(未在图2中示出,在下述图3E中示出)。It is understandable that the communication system 20 shown in FIG2 is only used as an example and is not used to limit the technical solution of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 20 may also include other devices, and may also be based on The number of sensing management devices, sensing devices, targets or positioning devices is determined according to specific needs and is not limited. For example, the communication system 20 may also include sensing devices other than the sensing device 202 and the sensing device 205, such as the sensing device 206 (not shown in FIG. 2, but shown in FIG. 3E below).

可以理解的,通信系统20可应用于多种不同的通信场景。本申请为下述图3A至图3E所示的通信场景为例进行说明。It is understandable that the communication system 20 can be applied to a variety of different communication scenarios. This application is described by taking the communication scenarios shown in the following Figures 3A to 3E as examples.

基于前文的介绍,可以了解到感知装置可以是终端或网络设备等,感知模式包括单站感知模式或双站感知模式等。因此,可以基于感知装置的类型以及感知模式,来划分通信场景。Based on the above introduction, it can be understood that the sensing device can be a terminal or a network device, etc., and the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode, etc. Therefore, the communication scenarios can be divided based on the type of sensing device and the sensing mode.

通信场景31:通信系统20包括感知管理装置201、感知装置202和目标203。其中,感知装置202为网络设备,感知模式包括单站感知模式。Communication scenario 31: The communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, and a target 203. The sensing device 202 is a network device, and the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode.

示例性的,通信系统20可以应用于图3A所示的通信场景31。在图3A中,感知装置202可通过单站感知模式获取目标203的感知信息,并将该感知信息发送给感知管理装置201,以便感知管理装置201对目标203定位。Exemplarily, the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 31 shown in Figure 3A. In Figure 3A, the sensing device 202 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 through the single-station sensing mode, and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.

通信场景32:通信系统20包括感知管理装置201、感知装置202、感知装置204和目标203。其中,感知装置202为网络设备,感知装置204为终端,感知模式包括单站感知模式。Communication scenario 32: Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203. Among them, sensing device 202 is a network device, sensing device 204 is a terminal, and the sensing mode includes a single-station sensing mode.

示例性的,通信系统20可以应用于图3B所示的通信场景32。在图3B中,感知装置202可为感知装置204配置通信资源,使得感知装置204根据该通信资源采用单站感知模式获取目标203的感知信息。后续,感知装作204可以将该感知信息发送给感知管理装置201,以便感知管理装置201对目标203定位。Exemplarily, the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG3B . In FIG3B , the sensing device 202 can configure communication resources for the sensing device 204, so that the sensing device 204 uses a single-station sensing mode to obtain the sensing information of the target 203 according to the communication resources. Subsequently, the sensing device 204 can send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203.

通信场景33:通信系统20包括感知管理装置201、感知装置202、感知装置204和目标203。其中,感知装置202和感知装置204为网络设备,感知模式包括双站感知模式。Communication scenario 33: Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203. Among them, sensing device 202 and sensing device 204 are network devices, and the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.

示例性的,通信系统20可以应用于图3C所示的通信场景33。在图3C中,感知装置202和感知装置204通过双站感知模式感知目标203。感知装置202或感知装置204可以获取目标203的感知信息,并将该感知信息发送给感知管理装置201,以便感知管理装置201对目标203定位。可以理解的,在图3C中,感知装置202发送信号,感知装置204接收该信号的反射信号;或者,感知装置204发送信号,感知装置202接收该信号的反射信号。Exemplarily, the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 33 shown in FIG3C . In FIG3C , the sensing device 202 and the sensing device 204 sense the target 203 through the dual-station sensing mode. The sensing device 202 or the sensing device 204 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203. It can be understood that in FIG3C , the sensing device 202 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 202 receives a reflected signal of the signal.

通信场景34:通信系统20包括感知管理装置201、感知装置202、感知装置204和目标203。其中,感知装置202为网络设备,感知装置204为终端,感知模式包括双站感知模式。Communication scenario 34: Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, and a target 203. Among them, sensing device 202 is a network device, sensing device 204 is a terminal, and the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.

示例性的,通信系统20可以应用于图3D所示的通信场景34。在图3D中,感知装置202为感知装置204配置通信资源,使得感知装置204根据该通信资源与感知装置202采用双站感知模式感知目标203。感知装置202或感知装置204可以获取目标203的感知信息,并将该感知信息发送给感知管理装置201,以便感知管理装置201对目标203定位。可以理解的,在图3D中,感知装置202发送信号,感知装置204接收该信号的反射信号;或者,感知装置204发送信号,感知装置202接收该信号的反射信号。Exemplarily, the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 34 shown in FIG3D. In FIG3D, the sensing device 202 configures communication resources for the sensing device 204, so that the sensing device 204 senses the target 203 using the dual-station sensing mode with the sensing device 202 according to the communication resources. The sensing device 202 or the sensing device 204 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203. It can be understood that in FIG3D, the sensing device 202 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 202 receives a reflected signal of the signal.

通信场景35:通信系统20包括感知管理装置201、感知装置202、感知装置204、感知装置206和目标203。其中,感知装置202为网络设备,感知装置204和感知装置206为终端,感知模式包括双站感知模式。Communication scenario 35: Communication system 20 includes a sensing management device 201, a sensing device 202, a sensing device 204, a sensing device 206 and a target 203. Among them, sensing device 202 is a network device, sensing device 204 and sensing device 206 are terminals, and the sensing mode includes a dual-station sensing mode.

示例性的,通信系统20可以应用于图3E所示的通信场景35。在图3E中,感知装置202分别为感知装置204和感知装置206配置通信资源,使得感知装置204和感知装置206根据配置的通信资源采用双站感知模式感知目标203。感知装置204或感知装置206可以获取目标203的感知信息,并将该感知信息发送给感知管理装置201,以便感知管理装置201对目标203定位。可以理解的,在图3E中,感知装置204发送信号,感知装置206接收该信号的反射信号;或者,感知装置206发送信号,感知装置204接收该信号的反射信号。Exemplarily, the communication system 20 can be applied to the communication scenario 35 shown in FIG3E. In FIG3E, the sensing device 202 configures communication resources for the sensing device 204 and the sensing device 206 respectively, so that the sensing device 204 and the sensing device 206 adopt a dual-station sensing mode to sense the target 203 according to the configured communication resources. The sensing device 204 or the sensing device 206 can obtain the sensing information of the target 203 and send the sensing information to the sensing management device 201 so that the sensing management device 201 can locate the target 203. It can be understood that in FIG3E, the sensing device 204 sends a signal and the sensing device 206 receives a reflected signal of the signal; or, the sensing device 206 sends a signal and the sensing device 204 receives a reflected signal of the signal.

可选的,上述通信场景31、通信场景32、通信场景33、通信场景34或通信场景35还包括定位装置205。Optionally, the above communication scenario 31, communication scenario 32, communication scenario 33, communication scenario 34 or communication scenario 35 also includes a positioning device 205.

可以理解的,上述通信场景31至通信场景35仅是通信场景的示例,在具体应用中,通信系统20还可应用于其他通信场景,不予限制。It can be understood that the above-mentioned communication scenarios 31 to 35 are merely examples of communication scenarios. In specific applications, the communication system 20 can also be applied to other communication scenarios without limitation.

可选的,本申请图2中的各装置(例如感知管理装置、感知装置或定位装置等)也可以称之 为通信装置,其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, each device in FIG. 2 of the present application (such as a sensing management device, a sensing device or a positioning device, etc.) may also be referred to as The communication device may be a general device or a dedicated device, and this application does not make any specific limitation on this.

可选的,本申请图2中的各装置(例如感知管理装置、感知装置或定位装置等)的相关功能可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是由一个设备内的一个或多个功能模块实现,本申请对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者硬件与软件的结合,或者平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, the related functions of each device in FIG. 2 of the present application (such as a perception management device, a perception device, or a positioning device, etc.) can be implemented by one device, or by multiple devices together, or by one or more functional modules in one device, and the present application does not make specific restrictions on this. It is understandable that the above functions can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or a combination of hardware and software, or virtualization functions instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).

在具体实现时,本申请图2中的各装置(例如感知管理装置、感知装置或定位装置等)都可以采用图4所示的组成结构,或者包括图4所示的部件。图4所示为可适用于本申请的通信装置的硬件结构示意图。该通信装置40包括至少一个处理器401和至少一个通信接口404,用于实现本申请提供的方法。该通信装置40还可以包括通信线路402和存储器403。In specific implementation, each device in FIG. 2 of the present application (such as a perception management device, a perception device or a positioning device, etc.) can adopt the composition structure shown in FIG. 4, or include the components shown in FIG. 4. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device applicable to the present application. The communication device 40 includes at least one processor 401 and at least one communication interface 404, which are used to implement the method provided by the present application. The communication device 40 may also include a communication line 402 and a memory 403.

处理器401可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。Processor 401 can be a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.

通信线路402可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息,例如总线。The communication link 402 may include a path to transmit information between the above-mentioned components, such as a bus.

通信接口404,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信。通信接口404可以是任何收发器一类的装置,如可以是以太网接口、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)接口、无线局域网The communication interface 404 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks. The communication interface 404 can be any transceiver-like device, such as an Ethernet interface, a radio access network (RAN) interface, a wireless local area network (WLAN) interface, or a wireless LAN interface.

(wireless local area networks,WLAN)接口、收发器、管脚、总线、接口电路或收发电路等。(wireless local area networks, WLAN) interface, transceiver, pin, bus, interface circuit or transceiver circuit, etc.

存储器403可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路402与处理器401相耦合。存储器403也可以和处理器401集成在一起。本申请提供的存储器通常可以具有非易失性。The memory 403 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory may exist independently and be coupled to the processor 401 through the communication line 402. The memory 403 may also be integrated with the processor 401. The memory provided in the present application may generally be non-volatile.

其中,存储器403用于存储执行本申请提供的方案所涉及的计算机执行指令,并由处理器401来控制执行。处理器401用于执行存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请提供的方法。或者,可选的,本申请中,也可以是处理器401执行本申请下述提供的方法中的处理相关的功能,通信接口404负责与其他设备或通信网络通信,本申请对此不作具体限定。Among them, the memory 403 is used to store the computer execution instructions involved in executing the solution provided by this application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 401. The processor 401 is used to execute the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403, so as to implement the method provided by this application. Alternatively, optionally, in this application, the processor 401 may also perform the processing-related functions in the method provided below in this application, and the communication interface 404 is responsible for communicating with other devices or communication networks, which is not specifically limited in this application.

可选的,本申请中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the present application.

本申请中的耦合是装置、单元或模块之间的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式,用于装置、单元或模块之间的信息交互。The coupling in this application is an indirect coupling or communication connection between devices, units or modules, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms, and is used for information exchange between devices, units or modules.

作为一种实施例,处理器401可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图4中的CPU0和CPU1。As an embodiment, the processor 401 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 4 .

作为一种实施例,通信装置40可以包括多个处理器,例如图4中的处理器401和处理器407。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。As an embodiment, the communication device 40 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 401 and the processor 407 in FIG. 4. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (such as computer program instructions).

作为一种实施例,通信装置40还可以包括输出设备405和/或输入设备406。输出设备405和处理器401耦合,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备405可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二极管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备406和处理器401耦合,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备406可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。As an embodiment, the communication device 40 may further include an output device 405 and/or an input device 406. The output device 405 is coupled to the processor 401 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 405 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. The input device 406 is coupled to the processor 401 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 406 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensor device.

可以理解的,图4中示出的组成结构并不构成对该通信装置的限定,除图4所示部件之外,该通信装置可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。 It is understandable that the composition structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a limitation on the communication device. In addition to the components shown in FIG. 4 , the communication device may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or arrange the components differently.

下面将结合附图,对本申请提供的方法进行描述。下述实施例中的各装置可以具备图4所示部件,不予赘述。The method provided by the present application will be described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Each device in the following embodiments may have the components shown in FIG4 , which will not be described in detail.

可以理解的是,本申请下述实施例中各个装置之间的信息名字或信息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请对此不作具体限定。It is understandable that the information names between the various devices or the names of the various parameters in the information in the following embodiments of the present application are only examples, and other names may be used in specific implementations, and the present application does not make specific limitations on this.

可以理解的是,在本申请中,“/”可以表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;“和/或”可以用于描述关联对象存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。此外,类似于“A、B和C中的至少一项”或“A、B或C中的至少一项”的表述通常用于表示如下中任一项:单独存在A;单独存在B;单独存在C;同时存在A和B;同时存在A和C;同时存在B和C;同时存在A、B和C。以上是以A、B和C共三个元素进行举例来说明该项目的可选用条目,当表述中具有更多元素时,该表述的含义可以按照前述规则获得。It is understandable that in the present application, "/" can indicate that the objects associated with each other are in an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can indicate A or B; "and/or" can be used to describe that there are three relationships between the associated objects, for example, A and/or B can indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. In addition, expressions similar to "at least one of A, B and C" or "at least one of A, B or C" are usually used to indicate any of the following: A exists alone; B exists alone; C exists alone; A and B exist at the same time; A and C exist at the same time; B and C exist at the same time; A, B and C exist at the same time. The above uses A, B and C as an example to illustrate the optional items of the item. When there are more elements in the expression, the meaning of the expression can be obtained according to the above rules.

为了便于描述本申请的技术方案,在本申请中,可以采用“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能相同或相似的技术特征进行区分。该“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。在本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示例子、例证或说明,被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In order to facilitate the description of the technical solution of the present application, in the present application, words such as "first" and "second" may be used to distinguish between technical features with the same or similar functions. The words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words such as "first" and "second" do not necessarily limit them to be different. In the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations or explanations, and any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "for example" should not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or designs. The use of words such as "exemplary" or "for example" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete way for easy understanding.

可以理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。可以理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请的实施过程构成任何限定。It is understood that the "embodiment" mentioned throughout the specification means that the specific features, structures or characteristics related to the embodiment are included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Therefore, the various embodiments in the entire specification do not necessarily refer to the same embodiment. In addition, these specific features, structures or characteristics can be combined in one or more embodiments in any suitable manner. It is understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation on the implementation process of the present application.

可以理解,在本申请中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It can be understood that in the present application, "when...", "in the case of...", "if" and "if" all mean that corresponding processing will be taken under certain objective circumstances, but do not limit the time, nor do they require any judgment action when implementing them, nor do they mean the existence of other limitations.

本申请中,除非另有说明,“多个”可以理解为两个或两个以上。例如,多个目标可以理解为两个或两个以上的目标。In this application, unless otherwise specified, "multiple" can be understood as two or more than two. For example, multiple targets can be understood as two or more than two targets.

本申请中,除非另有说明,“大于或等于”可以替换为“大于”,或者替换为“等于”;“小于或等于”可以替换为“小于”,或者替换为“等于”。例如,A大于或等于B,可以替换为A大于B,或者替换为A等于B;A小于或等于B,可以替换为A小于B,或者替换为A等于B。In this application, unless otherwise specified, "greater than or equal to" can be replaced by "greater than" or "equal to"; "less than or equal to" can be replaced by "less than" or "equal to". For example, A is greater than or equal to B, which can be replaced by A is greater than B, or A is equal to B; A is less than or equal to B, which can be replaced by A is less than B, or A is equal to B.

可以理解,本申请中的一些可选的特征,在某些场景下,可以不依赖于其他特征,比如其当前所基于的方案,而独立实施,解决相应的技术问题,达到相应的效果,也可以在某些场景下,依据需求与其他特征进行结合。相应的,本申请中给出的装置也可以相应的实现这些特征或功能,在此不予赘述。It is understandable that some optional features in this application may be implemented independently in some scenarios without relying on other features, such as the solution on which it is currently based, to solve corresponding technical problems and achieve corresponding effects. They may also be combined with other features according to needs in some scenarios. Accordingly, the device provided in this application may also realize these features or functions accordingly, which will not be elaborated here.

可以理解的,本申请中同一个步骤或者具有相同功能的步骤或者技术特征在不同实施例之间可以互相参考借鉴。It can be understood that the same step or steps or technical features with the same functions in different embodiments of the present application can be referenced to each other.

可以理解的,本申请所涉及的用户个人信息的处理,如收集、存储、使用、加工、传输、提供和公开等,均符合相关法律法规的规定,且不违背公序良俗。例如,本申请中,对目标的位置信息的处理是在目标所属的用户授权的情况下进行的,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。It is understandable that the processing of user personal information involved in this application, such as collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision and disclosure, is in compliance with the relevant laws and regulations and does not violate public order and good morals. For example, in this application, the processing of the location information of the target is carried out with the authorization of the user to whom the target belongs, which is explained here uniformly and will not be repeated below.

可以理解的,本申请中,感知管理装置和/或感知装置可以执行本申请中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤仅是示例,本申请还可以执行其它步骤或者各种步骤的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照本申请呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请中的全部步骤。It is understandable that in the present application, the perception management device and/or the perception device can perform some or all of the steps in the present application, and these steps are only examples. The present application can also perform other steps or variations of various steps. In addition, the various steps can be performed in different orders presented in the present application, and it is possible that not all the steps in the present application need to be performed.

可以理解的,本申请下述提供的方法中是以感知管理装置和感知装置作为该交互示意的执行主体为例来示意该方法,但本申请并不限制该交互示意的执行主体。例如,本申请下述实施例提供的方法中的感知管理装置也可以是支持该感知管理装置实现该方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器,还可以是能实现全部或部分感知管理装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件;本申请下述提 供的方法中的感知装置也可以是支持该感知装置实现该方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器,还可以是能实现全部或部分感知装置功能的逻辑节点、逻辑模块或软件。It is understandable that the method provided below in this application uses the perception management device and the perception device as the execution subject of the interaction diagram as an example to illustrate the method, but this application does not limit the execution subject of the interaction diagram. For example, the perception management device in the method provided in the following embodiments of this application can also be a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the perception management device to implement the method, or a logical node, logical module, or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the perception management device; The sensing device in the provided method may also be a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the sensing device to implement the method, or may be a logical node, a logical module, or software that can implement all or part of the functions of the sensing device.

如图5所示,为本申请提供的一种目标检测方法,该方法可以包括如下步骤:As shown in FIG5 , a target detection method provided by the present application may include the following steps:

S501:感知管理装置在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息。S501: The perception management device obtains first location information of a first target at a first moment.

其中,感知管理装置可以是图2所示通信系统20中的感知管理装置201,第一目标可以是通信系统20中的目标203。The perception management device may be the perception management device 201 in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2 , and the first target may be the target 203 in the communication system 20 .

本申请中,第一位置信息可以用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置。其中,第二时刻晚于第一时刻。也即,感知管理装置可以在第一时刻预测第一目标在第一时刻之后的第二时刻的位置。感知管理装置在第一时刻预测第一目标在第一时刻之后的第二时刻的位置的具体过程将在下述S5011-S5012中介绍,此处不做赘述。In the present application, the first location information can be used to indicate the location of the first target at a second moment. The second moment is later than the first moment. That is, the perception management device can predict the location of the first target at a second moment after the first moment at the first moment. The specific process of the perception management device predicting the location of the first target at a second moment after the first moment at the first moment will be introduced in the following S5011-S5012 and will not be repeated here.

一种可能的设计,第一位置信息包括预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置的坐标,或者预测的第一目标在第二时刻的方位角。其中,该坐标为二维坐标或三维坐标,预测的第一目标在第二时刻的方位角的表示方式可以参考前文对目标的方位角的描述。In a possible design, the first position information includes the coordinates of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, or the predicted azimuth of the first target at the second moment. The coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates or three-dimensional coordinates, and the representation method of the predicted azimuth of the first target at the second moment can refer to the description of the azimuth of the target in the previous text.

示例性的,第一位置信息包括(x1,y1),其中,x1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置在二维坐标系中的横坐标,y1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置在二维坐标系中的纵坐标。或者,第一位置信息包括(x1,y1,z1),其中,x1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置在三维坐标系中的横坐标,y1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置在三维坐标系中的纵坐标,z1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置在三维坐标系中的竖坐标。或者,第一位置信息包括(θ1),其中,θ1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置对应的天顶角,表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置对应的水平方位角。或者,第一位置信息包括(θ1D1),其中,D1表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置与第一感知装置之间的距离,或者表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置与感知管理装置之间的距离,或者表示预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置与第一目标所在坐标系(如θ1所在的坐标系)中的原点之间的距离。Exemplarily, the first position information includes (x1, y1), wherein x1 represents the horizontal coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system, and y1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system. Alternatively, the first position information includes (x1, y1, z1), wherein x1 represents the horizontal coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, y1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, and z1 represents the vertical coordinate of the predicted position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system. Alternatively, the first position information includes (θ 1 , ), where θ 1 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, represents the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the predicted position of the first target at the second moment. Alternatively, the first position information includes (θ 1 , D1), where D1 represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device, or represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the sensing management device, or represents the distance between the predicted position of the first target at the second moment and the coordinate system where the first target is located (such as θ1 and The distance between the origins in the coordinate system where the

一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置周期性地或非周期性地获取第一位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the sensing management device obtains the first location information periodically or aperiodically.

可以理解的,若感知管理装置周期性地获取第一位置信息,获取第一位置信息的周期可以是协议定义的或预先定义的,该周期与业务和/或第一目标的移动速度有关。例如,在其他条件固定的情况下,业务对第一目标的位置的实时性要求较高,该周期越短,业务对第一目标的位置的实时性要求较低,该周期越长。又例如,在其他条件固定的情况下,第一目标的移动速度越快,该周期越短,第一目标的移动速度越慢,该周期越长。It is understandable that if the perception management device periodically obtains the first location information, the period for obtaining the first location information may be defined by the protocol or predefined, and the period is related to the business and/or the moving speed of the first target. For example, when other conditions are fixed, the business has higher real-time requirements for the location of the first target, and the shorter the period is; the business has lower real-time requirements for the location of the first target, and the longer the period is. For another example, when other conditions are fixed, the faster the moving speed of the first target, the shorter the period is; the slower the moving speed of the first target, the longer the period is.

S502:感知管理装置获取第一感知信息。S502: The perception management device obtains first perception information.

本申请中,第一感知信息用于指示根据第一位置信息在第二时刻感知到的第一目标的信息。换言之,第一感知信息是针对特定时刻(即第二时刻)以及特定位置(即第一位置信息指示的位置)对第一目标进行感知得到的,所以第一感知信息较为准确。In this application, the first perception information is used to indicate the information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information. In other words, the first perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at a specific moment (i.e., the second moment) and a specific position (i.e., the position indicated by the first position information), so the first perception information is relatively accurate.

一种可能的设计,第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息。In a possible design, the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information.

本申请中,第一角度信息用于指示在第二时刻,第一目标与第一感知装置之间的方位角,该方位角可以表示在第二时刻,第一目标相对于第一感知装置的方位。因此,第一角度信息可用于感知管理装置确定第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置。第二位置信息可以用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置。第二位置信息的表示方式可以参考上述对第一位置信息的介绍,不再赘述。第二位置信息可以用于感知管理装置确定第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置。应理解,第二位置信息指示的位置与该实际位置相同或不同。换言之,感知管理装置获取到第二位置信息后,可将第二位置信息指示的位置确定为第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置,或者对第二位置信息做进一步处理,得到上述实际位置,如结合除感知第一感知信息的感知装置之外的感知装置感知的信息,和/或,第一目标在历史时刻的位置,确定上述实际位置,不予限制。In the present application, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first sensing device at the second moment, and the azimuth can represent the position of the first target relative to the first sensing device at the second moment. Therefore, the first angle information can be used by the sensing management device to determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment. The second position information can be used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment. The representation method of the second position information can refer to the above introduction to the first position information and will not be repeated. The second position information can be used by the sensing management device to determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment. It should be understood that the position indicated by the second position information is the same as or different from the actual position. In other words, after the sensing management device obtains the second position information, it can determine the position indicated by the second position information as the actual position of the first target at the second moment, or further process the second position information to obtain the above actual position, such as combining the information perceived by the sensing device other than the sensing device that perceives the first sensing information, and/or the position of the first target at a historical moment to determine the above actual position, without limitation.

示例性的,第一角度信息包括第一感知信号的反射信号与第一感知装置的天线阵面之间的夹角。其中,第一感知信号为用于感知第一目标的信号(如在第二时刻感知第一目标的信号),第一感知信号的反射信号为第一感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后的信号。可以理解的,对于单站感知模式,第一感知信号为第一感知装置发送的,第一感知信号的反射信号为第一感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后到达第一感知装置的信号。对于双站感知模式, 第一感知信号为第三感知装置发送的,第一感知信号的反射信号为第一感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后到达第一感知装置的信号。Exemplarily, the first angle information includes the angle between the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the antenna array surface of the first sensing device. The first sensing signal is a signal used to sense the first target (such as a signal sensing the first target at the second moment), and the reflected signal of the first sensing signal is a signal after the first sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target. It can be understood that for the single-station sensing mode, the first sensing signal is sent by the first sensing device, and the reflected signal of the first sensing signal is a signal after the first sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the first sensing device. For the dual-station sensing mode, The first perception signal is sent by the third perception device, and the reflected signal of the first perception signal is a signal that reaches the first perception device after the first perception signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target.

例如,第一角度信息包括(θ2)。其中,θ2表示第一感知信号的反射信号对应的天顶角,表示第一感知信号的反射信号对应的水平方位角。以图1B所示的坐标系为例,若A到o的方向为第一感知信号的反射信号的传输方向,第一感知信号的反射信号对应的天顶角即为图1B中的θ,第一感知信号的反射信号对应的水平方位角即为图1B中的或者,第一角度信息包括(θ2D2),其中,D2表示第一目标在第二时刻的位置与第一感知装置之间的距离。For example, the first angle information includes (θ 2 , ). Wherein, θ 2 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal, represents the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal. Taking the coordinate system shown in FIG1B as an example, if the direction from A to o is the transmission direction of the reflected signal of the first perception signal, the zenith angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal is θ in FIG1B, and the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the reflected signal of the first perception signal is Alternatively, the first angle information includes (θ 2 , D2), where D2 represents the distance between the position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device.

可选的,第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息。下面分别对上述信息进行介绍。Optionally, the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information, or first Doppler information. The above information is introduced below respectively.

本申请中,第二时刻的信息用于指示第二时刻。例如,第二时刻的信息包括第二时刻,或者包括第二时刻与参考时刻的差值,或者包括第二时刻所在的时域资源的信息。其中,参考时刻为协议中定义的时刻或预先设置的时刻。第二时刻所在的时域资源的信息包括第二时刻所在的时隙的标识,或者包括第二时刻所在的符号的标识和该符号所在的时隙的标识,或者包括第二时刻所在的符号的标识、该符号所在的时隙的标识和该时隙所在的子帧的标识,或者包括第二时刻所在的符号的标识、该符号所在的时隙的标识、该时隙所在的子帧的标识和该子帧所在的帧的标识。可选的,第二时刻是感知管理装置根据需要确定的。In the present application, the information of the second moment is used to indicate the second moment. For example, the information of the second moment includes the second moment, or includes the difference between the second moment and the reference moment, or includes the information of the time domain resources where the second moment is located. Among them, the reference moment is a moment defined in the protocol or a pre-set moment. The information of the time domain resources where the second moment is located includes the identifier of the time slot where the second moment is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located and the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located, the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, and the identifier of the subframe where the time slot is located, or includes the identifier of the symbol where the second moment is located, the identifier of the time slot where the symbol is located, the identifier of the subframe where the time slot is located, and the identifier of the frame where the subframe is located. Optionally, the second moment is determined by the perception management device as needed.

本申请中,第一指示信息用于指示在第二时刻是否检测到第一目标。例如,第一指示信息包括1比特,当该1比特的值为“0”时,表示在第二时刻未检测到第一目标,当该1比特的值为“1”时,表示在第二时刻检测到第一目标,反之亦然。In the present application, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment. For example, the first indication information includes 1 bit, and when the value of the 1 bit is "0", it indicates that the first target is not detected at the second moment, and when the value of the 1 bit is "1", it indicates that the first target is detected at the second moment, and vice versa.

本申请中,第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延。例如,对于单站感知模式,第一感知信号的传输时延为第一感知装置发送第一感知信号到接收到第一感知信号的反射信号之间的时长。对于多站感知模式,第一感知信号的传输时延为第三感知装置发送第一感知信号到第一感知装置接收到第一感知信号的反射信号之间的时长。In the present application, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal. For example, for a single-station perception mode, the transmission delay of the first perception signal is the time between the first perception device sending the first perception signal and receiving the reflected signal of the first perception signal. For a multi-station perception mode, the transmission delay of the first perception signal is the time between the third perception device sending the first perception signal and the first perception device receiving the reflected signal of the first perception signal.

一种可能的设计,第一时延信息包括第一感知信号的传输时延,或者包括第一感知装置发送第一感知信号的时间以及接收第一感知信号的反射信号的时间,或者包括第三感知装置发送第一感知信号的时间以及第一感知装置接收第一感知信号的反射信号的时间。In one possible design, the first delay information includes the transmission delay of the first perception signal, or includes the time when the first perception device sends the first perception signal and the time when the reflected signal of the first perception signal is received, or includes the time when the third perception device sends the first perception signal and the time when the first perception device receives the reflected signal of the first perception signal.

本申请中,第一多普勒信息用于指示第一感知信号的多普勒频移。例如,第一多普勒信息包括该多普勒频移。In the present application, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal. For example, the first Doppler information includes the Doppler frequency shift.

可以理解的,第二时刻的信息可用于感知管理装置确定第二时刻,进而知道确定的是第一目标在第二时刻的位置。第一指示信息可用于感知管理装置确定在第二时刻是否检测到第一目标。第一时延信息可用于感知管理装置确定第一感知信号的传输时延,进而辅助确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息,以提高定位精度。第一多普勒信息可用于感知管理装置确定第一感知信号的多普勒频移,进而根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动速度。可选的,感知管理装置还可以根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动方向。It can be understood that the information at the second moment can be used by the perception management device to determine the second moment, and then know that the position of the first target at the second moment is determined. The first indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the second moment. The first delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the first perception signal, and then assist in determining the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve positioning accuracy. The first Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. Optionally, the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the second moment based on the Doppler frequency shift.

感知管理装置获取第一感知信息的具体过程将在下述S5021-S5022中介绍,此处不做赘述。The specific process of the perception management device acquiring the first perception information will be introduced in the following S5021-S5022 and will not be repeated here.

S503:感知管理装置根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。S503: The perception management device determines the location information of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information.

本申请中,第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置。In the present application, the position information of the first target at the second moment is used to indicate the actual position of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的设计,该位置信息包括第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置的坐标,或者第一目标在第二时刻的实际方位角。其中,该坐标为二维坐标或三维坐标。S503中的位置信息对应的坐标系和S501中的第一位置信息对应的坐标系可以相同或不同。第一目标在第二时刻的实际方位角的表示方式可以参考前文对目标的方位角的描述。In a possible design, the position information includes the coordinates of the actual position of the first target at the second moment, or the actual azimuth of the first target at the second moment. The coordinates are two-dimensional coordinates or three-dimensional coordinates. The coordinate system corresponding to the position information in S503 and the coordinate system corresponding to the first position information in S501 may be the same or different. The representation of the actual azimuth of the first target at the second moment can refer to the description of the azimuth of the target in the previous text.

示例性的,该位置信息包括(x2,y2),其中,x2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置在二维坐标系中的横坐标,y2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置在二维坐标系中的纵坐标。或者,该位置信息包括(x2,y2,z2),其中,x2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置在三维坐标系中的横坐标,y2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置在三维坐标系中的纵坐标,z2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置在三维坐标系中的竖坐标。或者,该位置信息包括(θ3D2), 其中,θ3表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置对应的天顶角,表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置对应的水平方位角,D2表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置与第一感知装置之间的距离,或者表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置与感知管理装置之间的距离,或者表示第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置与第一目标所在坐标系(如θ3所在的坐标系)中的原点之间的距离。Exemplarily, the position information includes (x2, y2), wherein x2 represents the horizontal coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system, and y2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the two-dimensional coordinate system. Alternatively, the position information includes (x2, y2, z2), wherein x2 represents the horizontal coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, y2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system, and z2 represents the vertical coordinate of the actual position of the first target at the second moment in the three-dimensional coordinate system. Alternatively, the position information includes (θ 3 , D2), Wherein, θ 3 represents the zenith angle corresponding to the actual position of the first target at the second moment, represents the horizontal azimuth corresponding to the actual position of the first target at the second moment, D2 represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the first sensing device, or represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the sensing management device, or represents the distance between the actual position of the first target at the second moment and the coordinate system where the first target is located (such as θ3 and The distance between the origins in the coordinate system where the

一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置根据第一感知信息所包括的第二位置信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the perception management device determines the location information of the first target at the second moment according to the second location information included in the first perception information.

另一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置根据第一感知信息、第一感知装置的位置信息和第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。Another possible implementation manner is that the perception management device determines the position information of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information, the position information of the first perception device, and the array orientation information of the first perception device.

例如,感知管理装置根据第一感知装置的位置信息确定第一感知装置的位置,根据第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一感知装置的阵面朝向,根据该位置、第一感知信息(如其所包括的第一角度信息,或者其所包括的第一角度信息和第一时延信息)和第一感知装置的阵面朝向确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。For example, the perception management device determines the position of the first perception device based on the position information of the first perception device, determines the array orientation of the first perception device based on the array orientation information of the first perception device, and determines the position information of the first target at the second moment based on the position, the first perception information (such as the first angle information included therein, or the first angle information and the first time delay information included therein) and the array orientation of the first perception device.

可选的,在S503之前,感知管理装置获取第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息。例如,第一感知装置向感知管理装置发送上述阵面朝向信息,感知管理装置接收到该阵面朝向信息,即获取到该阵面朝向信息。或者,感知管理装置中存储该阵面朝向信息,可以从本地获取该阵面朝向信息。Optionally, before S503, the sensing management device obtains the array orientation information of the first sensing device. For example, the first sensing device sends the above array orientation information to the sensing management device, and the sensing management device receives the array orientation information, that is, obtains the array orientation information. Alternatively, the array orientation information is stored in the sensing management device, and the array orientation information can be obtained locally.

可选的,在S503之前,感知管理装置获取第一感知装置的位置信息。例如,定位装置(如图2中的定位装置205)向感知管理装置发送第一感知装置的位置信息,感知管理装置接收到该位置信息,即获取到该位置信息。或者,感知管理装置中存储该位置信息,可以从本地获取该位置信息。Optionally, before S503, the perception management device obtains the location information of the first perception device. For example, the positioning device (such as the positioning device 205 in FIG. 2 ) sends the location information of the first perception device to the perception management device, and the perception management device receives the location information, that is, obtains the location information. Alternatively, the location information is stored in the perception management device, and the location information can be obtained locally.

可选的,感知管理装置还可以根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动速度。例如,当第一感知信息包括第一角度信息和第一多普勒信息时,感知管理装置根据第一角度信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息,根据第一多普勒信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的运动速度。Optionally, the perception management device may also determine the movement speed of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information. For example, when the first perception information includes the first angle information and the first Doppler information, the perception management device determines the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first angle information, and determines the movement speed of the first target at the second moment according to the first Doppler information.

可选的,感知管理装置在确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息时,还可以参考第一目标在第二时刻之前的时刻(即历史时刻)的位置信息,使得确定的位置信息更为准确。例如,感知管理装置在8点根据上述S501-S503确定了第一目标的位置,当感知管理装置在8点5分再次确定第一目标的位置时,可以参考8点确定的第一目标的位置。Optionally, when determining the location information of the first target at the second moment, the perception management device may also refer to the location information of the first target at a moment before the second moment (i.e., a historical moment), so that the determined location information is more accurate. For example, the perception management device determines the location of the first target at 8 o'clock according to S501-S503 above. When the perception management device determines the location of the first target again at 8:05, it may refer to the location of the first target determined at 8 o'clock.

可以理解的,上述S501-S503是感知管理装置确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息的具体的过程。在具体应用中,除了第一目标之外,还存在其他目标,如第二目标,感知管理装置可以采用与上述S501-S503类似的方法确定第二目标的位置。It can be understood that the above S501-S503 is a specific process for the perception management device to determine the location information of the first target at the second moment. In a specific application, in addition to the first target, there are other targets, such as the second target. The perception management device can use a method similar to the above S501-S503 to determine the location of the second target.

可以理解的,感知管理装置可重复执行上述S501-S503,实现对第一目标的追踪。It can be understood that the perception management device can repeatedly execute the above S501-S503 to achieve tracking of the first target.

可以理解的,上述S501-S503中的感知管理装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置40中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请对此不做任何限制。It can be understood that the actions of the perception management device in the above S501-S503 can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device 40 shown in Figure 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 403, and this application does not impose any restrictions on this.

基于图5所示的方法,感知管理装置可以预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置,并获取第一感知信息。其中,第一感知信息是针对第二时刻和预测的位置获取的,更具针对性,所以可以提升检测到第一目标的概率,并且使得获取的第一感知信息较为准确。后续,感知管理装置可以根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置。由于第一感知信息较为准确,所以根据第一感知信息得到的第一目标在第二时刻的实际位置也较为准确。因此,图5所示的方法可以提高检测到第一目标的概率以及定位精度。另外,在图5所示的方法中,第一目标可以具备通信能力也可以不具备通信能力,所以图5所示的方法不仅可以适用于目标具备通信能力的场景,还适用于目标不具备通信能力的场景,应用场景较为广泛。Based on the method shown in FIG5 , the perception management device can predict the position of the first target at the second moment and obtain the first perception information. Among them, the first perception information is obtained for the second moment and the predicted position, which is more targeted, so the probability of detecting the first target can be improved, and the obtained first perception information can be more accurate. Subsequently, the perception management device can determine the actual position of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information. Since the first perception information is more accurate, the actual position of the first target at the second moment obtained according to the first perception information is also more accurate. Therefore, the method shown in FIG5 can improve the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy. In addition, in the method shown in FIG5 , the first target may or may not have communication capabilities, so the method shown in FIG5 is not only applicable to scenarios where the target has communication capabilities, but also to scenarios where the target does not have communication capabilities, and the application scenarios are relatively wide.

可选的,在图5所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,感知管理装置可以获取第二感知信息,根据第二感知信息预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置。其中,第二感知信息可以用于指示在第一时刻之前的第三时刻感知到的第一目标的信息。例如,如图6所示,上述S501可以包括如下步骤:Optionally, in a possible implementation of the method shown in FIG5 , the perception management device may obtain the second perception information and predict the position of the first target at the second moment according to the second perception information. The second perception information may be used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment. For example, as shown in FIG6 , the above S501 may include the following steps:

S5011:感知管理装置获取第二感知信息。S5011: The perception management device obtains second perception information.

一种可能的设计,第二感知信息包括第二角度信息或第三位置信息。本申请中,第二角度信息用于指示在第三时刻,第一目标与第二感知装置之间的方位角。该方位角可以表示在第三时刻,第一目标相对于第二感知装置的方位。第二角度信息可以用于感知管理装置预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置。 In a possible design, the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information. In the present application, the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at the third moment. The azimuth can represent the position of the first target relative to the second perception device at the third moment. The second angle information can be used by the perception management device to predict the position of the first target at the second moment.

示例性的,第二角度信息包括第二感知信号的反射信号与第二感知装置的天线阵面之间的夹角。其中,第二感知信号为用于感知第一目标的信号(如在第三时刻感知第一目标的信号),第二感知信号的反射信号为第二感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后的信号。可以理解的,对于单站感知模式,第二感知信号为第二感知装置发送的,第二感知信号的反射信号为第二感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后到达第二感知装置的信号。对于双站感知模式,第二感知信号为第四感知装置发送的,第二感知信号的反射信号为第二感知信号到达第一目标后,经过第一目标反射后到达第二感知装置的信号。其中,第四感知装置和第三感知装置相同或不同。应理解,第二角度信息包括的内容与第一角度信息包括的内容类似,具体的,可以参考前文对第一角度信息的描述,不做赘述。Exemplarily, the second angle information includes the angle between the reflected signal of the second sensing signal and the antenna array of the second sensing device. Among them, the second sensing signal is a signal for sensing the first target (such as a signal sensing the first target at the third moment), and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target. It can be understood that for the single-station sensing mode, the second sensing signal is sent by the second sensing device, and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the second sensing device. For the dual-station sensing mode, the second sensing signal is sent by the fourth sensing device, and the reflected signal of the second sensing signal is a signal after the second sensing signal reaches the first target and is reflected by the first target and reaches the second sensing device. Among them, the fourth sensing device and the third sensing device are the same or different. It should be understood that the content included in the second angle information is similar to the content included in the first angle information. Specifically, you can refer to the description of the first angle information in the previous text, and no further details will be given.

本申请中,第二感知装置和第一感知装置相同或不同。可以理解的,第二感知装置为当前距离第一目标较近的感知装置,以便第二感知装置感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。In the present application, the second sensing device is the same as or different from the first sensing device. It can be understood that the second sensing device is a sensing device that is currently closer to the first target, so that the second sensing device senses the first target and obtains the second sensing information.

本申请中,第三位置信息可以用于指示第一目标在第三时刻的位置。第三位置信息的表示方式可以参考上述对第一位置信息的介绍,不再赘述。第三位置信息可以用于感知管理装置预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置。应理解,第三位置信息指示的位置与感知管理装置预测的位置相同或不同。换言之,感知管理装置获取到第三位置信息后,可将第三位置信息指示的位置确定为预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置,或者对第三位置信息做进一步处理,得到上述预测的第一目标在第二时刻的位置,如结合除感知第二感知信息的感知装置之外的感知装置感知的信息,和/或,第一目标在历史时刻的位置,预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置,不予限制。In the present application, the third position information can be used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment. The representation method of the third position information can refer to the above introduction to the first position information and will not be repeated here. The third position information can be used by the perception management device to predict the position of the first target at the second moment. It should be understood that the position indicated by the third position information is the same as or different from the position predicted by the perception management device. In other words, after the perception management device obtains the third position information, it can determine the position indicated by the third position information as the predicted position of the first target at the second moment, or further process the third position information to obtain the above-mentioned predicted position of the first target at the second moment, such as combining the information perceived by the perception device other than the perception device that perceives the second perception information, and/or the position of the first target at a historical moment, to predict the position of the first target at the second moment, without limitation.

可选的,第二感知信息还包括以下至少一项:第三时刻的信息、第五指示信息、第二时延信息或第二多普勒信息。下面分别对上述信息进行介绍。Optionally, the second perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information, or second Doppler information. The above information is introduced below respectively.

本申请中,第三时刻的信息用于指示第三时刻。例如,第三时刻的信息包括第三时刻,或者包括第三时刻与参考时刻的差值,或者包括第三时刻所在的时域资源的信息。具体的,可以参考前文对第二时刻的信息的描述。In the present application, the information of the third moment is used to indicate the third moment. For example, the information of the third moment includes the third moment, or includes the difference between the third moment and the reference moment, or includes the information of the time domain resource where the third moment is located. Specifically, reference may be made to the description of the information of the second moment above.

本申请中,第五指示信息用于指示在第三时刻是否检测到第一目标。例如,第五指示信息包括1比特,当该1比特的值为“0”时,表示在第三时刻未检测到第一目标,当该1比特的值为“1”时,表示在第三时刻检测到第一目标,反之亦然。In the present application, the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment. For example, the fifth indication information includes 1 bit, and when the value of the 1 bit is "0", it indicates that the first target is not detected at the third moment, and when the value of the 1 bit is "1", it indicates that the first target is detected at the third moment, and vice versa.

本申请中,第二时延信息用于指示第二感知信号的传输时延。例如,对于单站感知模式,第二感知信号的传输时延为第二感知装置发送第二感知信号到接收到第二感知信号的反射信号之间的时长。对于多站感知模式,第二感知信号的传输时延为第四感知装置发送第二感知信号到第二感知装置接收到第二感知信号的反射信号之间的时长。In the present application, the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal. For example, for a single-station perception mode, the transmission delay of the second perception signal is the time between the second perception device sending the second perception signal and receiving the reflected signal of the second perception signal. For a multi-station perception mode, the transmission delay of the second perception signal is the time between the fourth perception device sending the second perception signal and the second perception device receiving the reflected signal of the second perception signal.

一种可能的设计,第二时延信息包括第二感知信号的传输时延,或者包括第二感知装置发送第二感知信号的时间以及接收第二感知信号的反射信号的时间,或者包括第四感知装置发送第二感知信号的时间以及第二感知装置接收第二感知信号的反射信号的时间。In one possible design, the second delay information includes the transmission delay of the second perception signal, or includes the time when the second perception device sends the second perception signal and the time when the reflected signal of the second perception signal is received, or includes the time when the fourth perception device sends the second perception signal and the time when the second perception device receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal.

本申请中,第二多普勒信息用于指示第二感知信号的多普勒频移。例如,第二多普勒信息包括该多普勒频移。In the present application, the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal. For example, the second Doppler information includes the Doppler frequency shift.

可以理解的,第三时刻的信息可用于感知管理装置确定第三时刻,进而知道第二感知装置感知的是第一目标在第三时刻的信息。第五指示信息可用于感知管理装置确定在第三时刻是否检测到第一目标。第二时延信息可用于感知管理装置确定第二感知信号的传输时延,进而预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息,以提高预测位置的准确性。第二多普勒信息可用于感知管理装置确定第二感知信号的多普勒频移,进而根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第三时刻的运动速度。可选的,感知管理装置还可以根据该多普勒频移确定第一目标在第三时刻的运动方向。上述运动速度和方向都可用于预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。It can be understood that the information at the third moment can be used by the perception management device to determine the third moment, and then know that the second perception device perceives the information of the first target at the third moment. The fifth indication information can be used by the perception management device to determine whether the first target is detected at the third moment. The second delay information can be used by the perception management device to determine the transmission delay of the second perception signal, and then predict the position information of the first target at the second moment to improve the accuracy of the predicted position. The second Doppler information can be used by the perception management device to determine the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and then determine the movement speed of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. Optionally, the perception management device can also determine the movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the Doppler frequency shift. The above-mentioned movement speed and direction can be used to predict the position information of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,第二感知装置获取第二感知信息,并向感知管理装置发送第二感知信息。相应的,感知管理装置接收第二感知信息。In a possible implementation, the second perception device acquires the second perception information and sends the second perception information to the perception management device. Correspondingly, the perception management device receives the second perception information.

可以理解的,不同的通信场景中,第二感知装置获取第二感知信息的方式不同。下面分别结合前述的通信场景31至通信场景35,介绍第二感知装置获取第一感知信息的方式。It is understandable that in different communication scenarios, the second perception device acquires the second perception information in different ways. The following describes the ways in which the second perception device acquires the first perception information in combination with the aforementioned communication scenarios 31 to 35.

方式1:第二感知装置在第三时刻发送第二感知信号,并接收第二感知信号的反射信号,根 据该反射信号确定第二感知信息。例如,第二感知装置为图3A所示的通信场景31中的感知装置202,或者第二感知装置为图3B所示的通信场景32中的感知装置204。Method 1: The second sensing device sends a second sensing signal at the third time, and receives a reflected signal of the second sensing signal. The second sensing information is determined according to the reflected signal. For example, the second sensing device is the sensing device 202 in the communication scenario 31 shown in FIG3A , or the second sensing device is the sensing device 204 in the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG3B .

一种可能的实现方式,若第二感知装置为图3B中的感知装置204,即第二感知装置为终端,第二感知装置可根据其所接入的网络设备(如第六感知装置)或感知管理装置配置的通信资源感知第一目标。举例来说,第六感知装置向第二感知装置发送第一时频资源的信息,第二感知装置接收到第一时频资源的信息后,根据第一时频资源的信息在第三时刻感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。其中,第一时频资源的信息用于指示在第三时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。换言之,第二感知装置在第一时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上发送第二感知信号。A possible implementation method is that if the second perception device is the perception device 204 in Figure 3B, that is, the second perception device is a terminal, the second perception device can perceive the first target based on the network device to which it is connected (such as the sixth perception device) or the communication resources configured by the perception management device. For example, the sixth perception device sends information about the first time-frequency resource to the second perception device. After the second perception device receives the information about the first time-frequency resource, it perceives the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second perception information. Among them, the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate the time-frequency resource of the perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment. In other words, the second perception device sends the second perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource.

可选的,第二感知装置获取到第二感知信息后,通过第六感知装置向感知管理装置发送第二感知信息。Optionally, after the second perception device obtains the second perception information, it sends the second perception information to the perception management device through the sixth perception device.

可选的,第二感知装置根据感知管理装置的指示获取第二感知信息。例如,感知管理装置向第二感知装置发送第四指示信息。其中,第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。第二感知装置接收到第四指示信息后,扫描其感知区域,在第三时刻感知到第一目标,得到第二感知信息。Optionally, the second sensing device obtains the second sensing information according to the instruction of the sensing management device. For example, the sensing management device sends fourth indication information to the second sensing device. The fourth indication information is used to indicate the sensing target. After receiving the fourth indication information, the second sensing device scans its sensing area, senses the first target at the third moment, and obtains the second sensing information.

可以理解的,为了覆盖第二感知装置的感知区域,第二感知装置可在不同的方向上发送感知信号,当第二感知装置检测到某个方向上的感知信号的反射信号的接收功率大于一定门限值,可确定该方向上存在目标,并根据该方向上的感知信号的反射信号确定相应的感知信息。It can be understood that in order to cover the perception area of the second perception device, the second perception device can send perception signals in different directions. When the second perception device detects that the receiving power of the reflected signal of the perception signal in a certain direction is greater than a certain threshold value, it can be determined that there is a target in that direction, and the corresponding perception information can be determined based on the reflected signal of the perception signal in that direction.

可选的,感知管理装置向第二感知装置发送第六指示信息。其中,第六指示信息用于指示第二感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。第二感知装置接收到第六指示信息后,可以根据第六指示信息指示的感知模式感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。或者,感知管理装置向第六感知装置发送第六指示信息,以便第六感知装置向第二感知装置指示第二感知信息的感知模式,使得第二感知装置根据该感知模式感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。Optionally, the perception management device sends sixth indication information to the second perception device. The sixth indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the second perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode. After receiving the sixth indication information, the second perception device can perceive the first target according to the perception mode indicated by the sixth indication information to obtain the second perception information. Alternatively, the perception management device sends the sixth indication information to the sixth perception device so that the sixth perception device indicates the perception mode of the second perception information to the second perception device, so that the second perception device perceives the first target according to the perception mode to obtain the second perception information.

示例性的,第六指示信息包括1比特,若该1比特的值为“0”,第六指示信息指示单站感知模式,若该1比特的值为“1”,第六指示信息指示双站感知模式,反之亦然。Exemplarily, the sixth indication information includes 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is "0", the sixth indication information indicates a single-station sensing mode. If the value of the 1 bit is "1", the sixth indication information indicates a dual-station sensing mode, and vice versa.

可选的,若第二感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,感知管理装置向第二感知装置发送第七指示信息。其中,第七指示信息用于指示双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。第二感知装置接收到第七指示信息后,可以根据第七指示信息确定自己是发送第二感知信号,还是接收第二感知信号的反射信号。或者,感知管理装置向第六感知装置发送第七指示信息,以便第六感知装置向第二感知装置指示第二感知装置是发送第二感知信号,还是接收第二感知信号的反射信号。Optionally, if the perception mode of the second perception information is a dual-station perception mode, the perception management device sends seventh indication information to the second perception device. The seventh indication information is used to indicate the device that sends the perception signal and/or the device that receives the perception signal in the dual-station perception mode. After the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine whether it sends the second perception signal or receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal based on the seventh indication information. Alternatively, the perception management device sends the seventh indication information to the sixth perception device so that the sixth perception device indicates to the second perception device whether the second perception device sends the second perception signal or receives the reflected signal of the second perception signal.

示例性的,若第二感知装置为发送感知信号的装置,第七指示信息包括第二感知装置的标识,第二感知装置接收到第七指示信息后,可以确定自己发送第二感知信号。或者,若第二感知装置为接收感知信号的装置,第七指示信息包括第二感知装置的标识,第二感知装置接收到第七指示信息后,可以确定自己接收第二感知信号。或者,第七指示信息包括发送感知信号的装置的标识和接收感知信号的装置的标识,并且上述两个标识按照发送感知信号的装置的标识在前,接收感知信号的装置的标识在后的顺序排列,或者上述两个标识按照发送感知信号的装置的标识在前,接收感知信号的装置的标识在后的顺序排列。Exemplarily, if the second perception device is a device that sends a perception signal, the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the second perception device, and after the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine that it sends the second perception signal. Alternatively, if the second perception device is a device that receives a perception signal, the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the second perception device, and after the second perception device receives the seventh indication information, it can determine that it receives the second perception signal. Alternatively, the seventh indication information includes the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal, and the above two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later, or the above two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later.

可以理解的,上述仅是第六指示信息和第七指示信息的示例,在具体应用中,第六指示信息和第七指示信息还可以通过其他方式指示相应的信息,不予限制。It can be understood that the above are merely examples of the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information. In a specific application, the sixth indication information and the seventh indication information may also indicate corresponding information in other ways without limitation.

以上介绍了感知管理装置指示第二感知装置在第三时刻感知第一目标。在具体应用中,除了第二感知装置之外,感知管理装置还可以指示其他感知装置在第三时刻感知第一目标,并结合第二感知信息和其他感知装置得到的感知信息(如第五感知信息)预测第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以进一步提高定位精度。应理解,其他感知装置可以通过方式1、下述方式2或多站感知模式获得感知信息,不予限制。The above describes that the perception management device instructs the second perception device to perceive the first target at the third moment. In a specific application, in addition to the second perception device, the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the third moment, and combine the second perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the fifth perception information) to predict the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy. It should be understood that other perception devices can obtain perception information through method 1, the following method 2 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.

方式2:第四感知装置在第三时刻发送第二感知信号,第二感知装置接收第二感知信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号确定第二感知信息。示例性的,以图3C所示的通信场景33或图3D所示的通信场景34为例,第二感知装置为感知装置202,第四感知装置为感知装置204,或者第二感知装置为感知装置204,第四感知装置为感知装置202。以图3E所示的通信场景35为例,第 二感知装置为感知装置204,第四感知装置为感知装置206,或者第二感知装置为感知装置206,第四感知装置为感知装置204。Mode 2: The fourth sensing device sends the second sensing signal at the third moment, and the second sensing device receives the reflected signal of the second sensing signal, and determines the second sensing information according to the reflected signal. Exemplarily, taking the communication scenario 33 shown in FIG. 3C or the communication scenario 34 shown in FIG. 3D as an example, the second sensing device is sensing device 202, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204, or the second sensing device is sensing device 204, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 202. Taking the communication scenario 35 shown in FIG. 3E as an example, the second sensing device is sensing device 202, and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204. The second sensing device is sensing device 204 and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 206 , or the second sensing device is sensing device 206 and the fourth sensing device is sensing device 204 .

可以理解的,与方式1的逻辑类似,若第二感知装置或第四感知装置为终端,二者可根据其所接入的网络设备(如第六感知装置)或感知管理装置配置的通信资源感知第一目标。举例来说,第六感知装置向第二感知装置(或第四感知装置)发送第一时频资源的信息,第二感知装置(或第四感知装置)接收到第一时频资源的信息后,根据第一时频资源的信息在第三时刻感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。也就是说,第四感知装置在第一时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上发送第二感知信号,第二感知装置在第一时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上接收反射信号。It can be understood that, similar to the logic of method 1, if the second perception device or the fourth perception device is a terminal, the two can perceive the first target based on the communication resources configured by the network device (such as the sixth perception device) or the perception management device to which they are connected. For example, the sixth perception device sends information about the first time-frequency resource to the second perception device (or the fourth perception device), and after the second perception device (or the fourth perception device) receives the information about the first time-frequency resource, it perceives the first target at the third moment based on the information about the first time-frequency resource, and obtains the second perception information. In other words, the fourth perception device sends the second perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource, and the second perception device receives the reflected signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the first time-frequency resource.

可选的,第二感知装置获取到第二感知信息后,通过第六感知装置向感知管理装置发送第二感知信息。Optionally, after the second perception device obtains the second perception information, it sends the second perception information to the perception management device through the sixth perception device.

可以理解的,若第二感知装置为终端,第四感知装置为网络设备,则第六感知装置和第四感知装置可以相同或不同。类似的,若第四感知装置为终端,第二感知装置为网络设备,则第六感知装置和第二感知装置可以相同或不同。It is understandable that if the second sensing device is a terminal and the fourth sensing device is a network device, the sixth sensing device and the fourth sensing device may be the same or different. Similarly, if the fourth sensing device is a terminal and the second sensing device is a network device, the sixth sensing device and the second sensing device may be the same or different.

可以理解的,在方式2中,第四感知装置可以采用与第二感知装置类似的方式获取第四指示信息,以在不同的方向上发送感知信号,和/或,第六指示信息,和/或,第七指示信息。It can be understood that in method 2, the fourth perception device can obtain the fourth indication information in a similar manner to the second perception device to send perception signals in different directions, and/or, sixth indication information, and/or, seventh indication information.

以上介绍了感知管理装置指示第二感知装置和第四感知装置采用双站感知模式在第三时刻感知第一目标。在具体应用中,除了第二感知装置和第四感知装置之外,感知管理装置还可以指示其他感知装置在第三时刻感知第一目标,并结合第二感知信息和其他感知装置得到的感知信息(如第六感知信息)预测第一目标在第三时刻的位置,以进一步提高预测位置的准确性。应理解,其他感知装置可以通过上述方式1、方式2或多站感知模式获得感知信息,不予限制。The above describes that the perception management device instructs the second perception device and the fourth perception device to use the dual-station perception mode to perceive the first target at the third moment. In a specific application, in addition to the second perception device and the fourth perception device, the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the third moment, and combine the second perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the sixth perception information) to predict the position of the first target at the third moment, so as to further improve the accuracy of the predicted position. It should be understood that other perception devices can obtain perception information through the above-mentioned method 1, method 2 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.

S5012:感知管理装置在第一时刻根据第二感知信息确定第一位置信息。S5012: The perception management device determines the first location information based on the second perception information at the first moment.

一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置根据第二感知信息所包括的第三位置信息确定第一位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the perception management device determines the first location information according to the third location information included in the second perception information.

另一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置根据第二感知信息、第二感知装置的位置信息和第二感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一目标在第三时刻的位置,根据该位置确定第一位置信息。Another possible implementation is that the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second perception information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.

例如,若第二感知信息包括第二角度信息,感知管理装置根据第二角度信息、第二感知装置的位置信息和第二感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一目标在第三时刻的位置,根据该位置确定第一位置信息。For example, if the second perception information includes second angle information, the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.

又例如,若第二感知信息包括第二角度信息和第二时延信息,感知管理装置根据第二角度信息、第二时延信息、第二感知装置的位置信息和第二感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一目标在第三时刻的位置,根据该位置确定第一位置信息。For another example, if the second perception information includes second angle information and second delay information, the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the second delay information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, and determines the first position information based on the position.

又例如,若第二感知信息包括第二角度信息和第二多普勒信息,感知管理装置根据第二角度信息、第二感知装置的位置信息和第二感知装置的阵面朝向信息确定第一目标在第三时刻的位置,根据第二多普勒信息确定第一目标在第三时刻的运动速度和运动方向,根据该位置、该运动速度和该运动方向确定第一位置信息。For another example, if the second perception information includes second angle information and second Doppler information, the perception management device determines the position of the first target at the third moment based on the second angle information, the position information of the second perception device, and the array orientation information of the second perception device, determines the movement speed and movement direction of the first target at the third moment based on the second Doppler information, and determines the first position information based on the position, the movement speed, and the movement direction.

可选的,感知管理装置获取第二感知装置的阵面朝向信息。例如,第二感知装置向感知管理装置发送上述阵面朝向信息,感知管理装置接收到该阵面朝向信息,即获取到该阵面朝向信息。或者,感知管理装置中存储该阵面朝向信息,可以从本地获取该阵面朝向信息。Optionally, the sensing management device obtains the array orientation information of the second sensing device. For example, the second sensing device sends the array orientation information to the sensing management device, and the sensing management device receives the array orientation information, that is, obtains the array orientation information. Alternatively, the array orientation information is stored in the sensing management device, and the array orientation information can be obtained locally.

可选的,感知管理装置获取第二感知装置的位置信息。例如,定位装置(如图2中的定位装置205)向感知管理装置发送第二感知装置的位置信息,感知管理装置接收到该位置信息,即获取到该位置信息。或者,感知管理装置中存储该位置信息,可以从本地获取该位置信息。Optionally, the perception management device obtains the location information of the second perception device. For example, a positioning device (such as positioning device 205 in FIG. 2 ) sends the location information of the second perception device to the perception management device, and the perception management device receives the location information, that is, obtains the location information. Alternatively, the perception management device stores the location information and can obtain the location information locally.

可选的,感知管理装置在确定第一位置信息时,还可以参考第一目标在第三时刻之前的时刻的位置信息,使得预测的位置信息更为准确。Optionally, when determining the first position information, the perception management device may also refer to the position information of the first target at a moment before the third moment, so that the predicted position information is more accurate.

可选的,在图5所示方法的一种可能的实现方式中,感知管理装置可以向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息,以便第一感知装置根据第一位置信息采用波束赋形技术发射波束,使得发射的波束在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上传输功率较高,进而更好地感知第一目标,得到较为准确的第一感知信息。例如,如图6所示,上述S502可以包括如下步骤: Optionally, in a possible implementation of the method shown in FIG5, the perception management device may send the first location information to the first perception device, so that the first perception device transmits a beam using a beamforming technology according to the first location information, so that the transmitted beam has a higher transmission power in the direction of the location indicated by the first location information, thereby better perceiving the first target and obtaining more accurate first perception information. For example, as shown in FIG6, the above S502 may include the following steps:

S5021:第一感知装置在第四时刻获取第一位置信息。S5021: The first sensing device obtains the first position information at the fourth moment.

可以理解的,第一感知装置可以直接从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息,或者第一感知装置通过其他感知装置,如第五感知装置从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息。例如,在上述通信场景31或通信场景33中,第一感知装置直接从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息。在上述通信场景32或通信场景35中,第一感知装置通过第五感知装置从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息。在上述通信场景34中,第一感知装置直接从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息,或者第一感知装置通过第五感知装置从感知管理装置获取第一位置信息。下面进行具体阐述。It can be understood that the first perception device can obtain the first location information directly from the perception management device, or the first perception device can obtain the first location information from the perception management device through other perception devices, such as the fifth perception device. For example, in the above-mentioned communication scenario 31 or communication scenario 33, the first perception device directly obtains the first location information from the perception management device. In the above-mentioned communication scenario 32 or communication scenario 35, the first perception device obtains the first location information from the perception management device through the fifth perception device. In the above-mentioned communication scenario 34, the first perception device directly obtains the first location information from the perception management device, or the first perception device obtains the first location information from the perception management device through the fifth perception device. The following is a detailed explanation.

示例性的,对于上述通信场景31,第一感知装置为感知装置202,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一位置信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。Exemplarily, for the above-mentioned communication scenario 31, the first sensing device is the sensing device 202, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device, and the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained.

示例性的,对于上述通信场景32,第五感知装置为感知装置202,第一感知装置为感知装置204,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第一位置信息。第五感知装置接收到第一位置信息后,向第一感知装置发送第一信息。其中,第一信息用于确定第一位置信息。例如,第一信息包括第一位置信息,或者包括第一位置信息指示的位置与第一感知装置的天线阵面之间的夹角。若第一信息包括第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。若第一信息包括上述夹角,第一感知装置接收到第一信息后,在第四时刻根据第一信息、第一感知装置的位置和第一感知装置的天线阵面朝向确定第一位置信息。Exemplarily, for the above-mentioned communication scenario 32, the fifth sensing device is the sensing device 202, the first sensing device is the sensing device 204, and the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device. After receiving the first location information, the fifth sensing device sends the first information to the first sensing device. Among them, the first information is used to determine the first location information. For example, the first information includes the first location information, or includes the angle between the position indicated by the first location information and the antenna array surface of the first sensing device. If the first information includes the first location information, the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. If the first information includes the above-mentioned angle, after the first sensing device receives the first information, it determines the first location information at the fourth moment according to the first information, the position of the first sensing device and the direction of the antenna array surface of the first sensing device.

示例性的,对于上述通信场景33,第一感知装置为感知装置202或感知装置204,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一位置信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。可以理解的,若第一感知装置为感知装置202,感知装置202接收到第一位置信息后,向感知装置204发送第一信息,以便感知装置204确定第一位置信息。类似的,若第一感知装置为感知装置204,感知装置204接收到第一位置信息后,向感知装置202发送第一信息,以便感知装置202确定第一位置信息。Exemplarily, for the above-mentioned communication scenario 33, the first sensing device is sensing device 202 or sensing device 204, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device, and the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. It can be understood that if the first sensing device is sensing device 202, after sensing device 202 receives the first location information, it sends the first information to sensing device 204 so that sensing device 204 determines the first location information. Similarly, if the first sensing device is sensing device 204, after sensing device 204 receives the first location information, it sends the first information to sensing device 202 so that sensing device 202 determines the first location information.

示例性的,对于上述通信场景34,第一感知装置为感知装置202,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一位置信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。第一感知装置获取到第一位置信息后,向感知装置204发送第一信息。或者,第一感知装置为感知装置204,第五感知装置为感知装置202,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第一位置信息。第五感知装置接收到第一位置信息后,向第一感知装置发送第一信息。若第一信息包括第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。若第一信息包括上述夹角,第一感知装置接收到第一信息后,在第四时刻根据第一信息、第一感知装置的位置和第一感知装置的天线阵面朝向确定第一位置信息。Exemplarily, for the above-mentioned communication scenario 34, the first sensing device is sensing device 202, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device, and the first sensing device receives the first location information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. After the first sensing device obtains the first location information, it sends the first information to sensing device 204. Alternatively, the first sensing device is sensing device 204, and the fifth sensing device is sensing device 202, and the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device. After the fifth sensing device receives the first location information, it sends the first information to the first sensing device. If the first information includes the first location information, the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, that is, the first location information is obtained. If the first information includes the above-mentioned angle, after the first sensing device receives the first information, it determines the first location information at the fourth moment according to the first information, the position of the first sensing device and the antenna array orientation of the first sensing device.

示例性的,对于上述通信场景35,第一感知装置为感知装置204和感知装置206,第五感知装置为感知装置202,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第一位置信息。第五感知装置接收到第一位置信息后,向第一感知装置发送第一信息。若第一信息包括第一位置信息,第一感知装置在第四时刻接收到第一信息,即为获取到第一位置信息。若第一信息包括上述夹角,第一感知装置接收到第一信息后,在第四时刻根据第一信息、第一感知装置的位置和第一感知装置的天线阵面朝向确定第一位置信息。Exemplarily, for the above-mentioned communication scenario 35, the first sensing device is sensing device 204 and sensing device 206, the fifth sensing device is sensing device 202, and the sensing management device sends the first location information to the fifth sensing device. After receiving the first location information, the fifth sensing device sends the first information to the first sensing device. If the first information includes the first location information, the first sensing device receives the first information at the fourth moment, and the first location information is obtained. If the first information includes the above-mentioned angle, after the first sensing device receives the first information, it determines the first location information at the fourth moment based on the first information, the position of the first sensing device, and the antenna array orientation of the first sensing device.

本申请中,第二时刻晚于第四时刻。示例性的,第一时刻、第二时刻和第四时刻之间的关系可以如图7所示。根据图7可以理解,感知管理装置先在第一时刻获取第一位置信息,再发送第一位置信息。第一感知装置在第四时刻获取到第一位置信息后,在第二时刻根据第一位置信息感知第一目标。In the present application, the second moment is later than the fourth moment. Exemplarily, the relationship between the first moment, the second moment, and the fourth moment can be shown in FIG7. It can be understood from FIG7 that the perception management device first obtains the first location information at the first moment and then sends the first location information. After the first perception device obtains the first location information at the fourth moment, it perceives the first target according to the first location information at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,感知管理装置可以在用于感知第一目标的感知信号的配置发生变化的情况下,发送第一位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the perception management device may send the first location information when the configuration of the perception signal used to perceive the first target changes.

示例性的,感知管理装置在用于感知第一目标的感知信号对应的波束切换的情况下,或者在第一目标从一个小区移动到另一个小区的情况下,发送第一位置信息。以第一感知装置为图1C所示的感知装置为例,在用于感知第一目标的感知信号对应的波束从波束121切换至波束122的情况下,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息。或者,在第一目标从第一感知装置的 一个小区移动到另一个小区的情况下,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息。或者,在第一目标从除第一感知装置之外的感知装置的小区移动到第一感知装置的小区的情况下,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息。Exemplarily, the sensing management device sends the first location information when the beam corresponding to the sensing signal used to sense the first target is switched, or when the first target moves from one cell to another. Taking the first sensing device as the sensing device shown in FIG. 1C as an example, when the beam corresponding to the sensing signal used to sense the first target is switched from beam 121 to beam 122, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device. Alternatively, when the first target moves from the first sensing device to the first sensing device, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device. When a cell moves to another cell, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device. Alternatively, when the first target moves from a cell of a sensing device other than the first sensing device to the cell of the first sensing device, the sensing management device sends the first location information to the first sensing device.

可选的,第一感知装置为第一位置信息指示的位置附近的感知装置,例如,第一感知装置与第一位置信息指示的位置之间的距离小于或等于第一数值。如此,可以精准地感知第一目标,使得得到的第一感知信息更为准确。Optionally, the first sensing device is a sensing device near the position indicated by the first position information, for example, the distance between the first sensing device and the position indicated by the first position information is less than or equal to the first value. In this way, the first target can be accurately sensed, so that the obtained first sensing information is more accurate.

可选的,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第二时刻的信息,以便第一感知装置确定第二时刻,并在第二时刻感知第一目标。或者,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第二时刻的信息,以便第五感知装置向第一感知装置指示第二时刻,使得第一感知装置确定第二时刻,并在第二时刻感知第一目标。Optionally, the perception management device sends information about the second moment to the first perception device so that the first perception device determines the second moment and perceives the first target at the second moment. Alternatively, the perception management device sends information about the second moment to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates the second moment to the first perception device so that the first perception device determines the second moment and perceives the first target at the second moment.

可选的,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。第一感知装置接收到第二指示信息后,可以根据第二指示信息指示的感知模式感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。或者,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第二指示信息,以便第五感知装置向第一感知装置指示第一感知信息的感知模式,使得第一感知装置根据该感知模式感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。Optionally, the perception management device sends second indication information to the first perception device. The second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode. After receiving the second indication information, the first perception device can perceive the first target according to the perception mode indicated by the second indication information to obtain the first perception information. Alternatively, the perception management device sends the second indication information to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates the perception mode of the first perception information to the first perception device, so that the first perception device perceives the first target according to the perception mode to obtain the first perception information.

示例性的,第二指示信息包括1比特,若该1比特的值为“0”,第二指示信息指示单站感知模式,若该1比特的值为“1”,第二指示信息指示双站感知模式,反之亦然。Exemplarily, the second indication information includes 1 bit. If the value of the 1 bit is "0", the second indication information indicates a single-station sensing mode; if the value of the 1 bit is "1", the second indication information indicates a dual-station sensing mode, and vice versa.

可选的,若第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,感知管理装置向第一感知装置发送第三指示信息。其中,第三指示信息用于指示双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。第一感知装置接收到第三指示信息后,可以根据第三指示信息确定自己是发送第一感知信号,还是接收第一感知信号的反射信号。或者,感知管理装置向第五感知装置发送第三指示信息,以便第五感知装置向第一感知装置指示第一感知装置是发送第一感知信号,还是接收第一感知信号的反射信号。Optionally, if the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, the perception management device sends a third indication message to the first perception device. The third indication message is used to indicate a device that sends a perception signal and/or a device that receives a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode. After the first perception device receives the third indication message, it can determine whether it is sending a first perception signal or receiving a reflected signal of the first perception signal based on the third indication message. Alternatively, the perception management device sends the third indication message to the fifth perception device so that the fifth perception device indicates to the first perception device whether the first perception device is sending a first perception signal or receiving a reflected signal of the first perception signal.

示例性的,若第一感知装置为发送感知信号的装置,第三指示信息包括第一感知装置的标识,第一感知装置接收到第三指示信息后,可以确定自己发送第一感知信号。或者,若第一感知装置为接收感知信号的装置,第三指示信息包括第一感知装置的标识,第一感知装置接收到第三指示信息后,可以确定自己接收第一感知信号。或者,第三指示信息包括发送感知信号的装置的标识和接收感知信号的装置的标识,并且上述两个标识按照发送感知信号的装置的标识在前,接收感知信号的装置的标识在后的顺序排列,或者上述两个标识按照发送感知信号的装置的标识在前,接收感知信号的装置的标识在后的顺序排列。Exemplarily, if the first perception device is a device that sends a perception signal, the third indication information includes an identifier of the first perception device, and after the first perception device receives the third indication information, it can determine that it sends the first perception signal. Alternatively, if the first perception device is a device that receives a perception signal, the third indication information includes an identifier of the first perception device, and after the first perception device receives the third indication information, it can determine that it receives the first perception signal. Alternatively, the third indication information includes an identifier of the device that sends the perception signal and an identifier of the device that receives the perception signal, and the two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later, or the two identifiers are arranged in the order of the identifier of the device that sends the perception signal first and the identifier of the device that receives the perception signal later.

可以理解的,上述仅是第二指示信息和第三指示信息的示例,在具体应用中,第二指示信息和第三指示信息还可以通过其他方式指示相应的信息,不予限制。It can be understood that the above are only examples of the second indication information and the third indication information. In specific applications, the second indication information and the third indication information may also indicate corresponding information in other ways without limitation.

S5022:第一感知装置向感知管理装置发送第一感知信息。相应的,感知管理装置接收来自第一感知装置的第一感知信息。S5022: The first sensing device sends first sensing information to the sensing management device. Correspondingly, the sensing management device receives the first sensing information from the first sensing device.

可以理解的,第一感知装置获取到第一位置信息后,可以根据第一位置信息获取第一感知信息,并向感知管理装置发送第一感知信息,以便感知管理装置根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置。It can be understood that after the first sensing device obtains the first location information, it can obtain first perception information based on the first location information and send the first perception information to the perception management device so that the perception management device can determine the position of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information.

可以理解的,不同的通信场景中,第一感知装置获取第一感知信息的方式不同。下面分别结合前述的通信场景31至通信场景35,介绍第一感知装置获取第一感知信息的方式。It is understandable that in different communication scenarios, the first perception device acquires the first perception information in different ways. The following describes the ways in which the first perception device acquires the first perception information in combination with the aforementioned communication scenarios 31 to 35.

方式3:第一感知装置根据第一位置信息在第二时刻发送第一感知信号,并接收第一感知信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号确定第一感知信息。例如,第一感知装置为图3A所示的通信场景31中的感知装置202,或者第一感知装置为图3B所示的通信场景32中的感知装置204。Mode 3: The first sensing device sends a first sensing signal at a second moment according to the first location information, receives a reflection signal of the first sensing signal, and determines the first sensing information according to the reflection signal. For example, the first sensing device is the sensing device 202 in the communication scenario 31 shown in FIG. 3A , or the first sensing device is the sensing device 204 in the communication scenario 32 shown in FIG. 3B .

一种可能的实现方式,若第一感知装置为图3B中的感知装置204,即第一感知装置为终端,第一感知装置可根据其所接入的网络设备(如第五感知装置)或感知管理装置配置的通信资源感知第一目标。举例来说,第五感知装置向第一感知装置发送第二时频资源的信息,第一感知装置接收到第二时频资源的信息后,根据第一位置信息和第二时频资源的信息在第二时刻感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。其中,第二时频资源的信息用于指示在第二时刻用于感知第一目标 的感知信号的时频资源。换言之,第一感知装置在第二时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上发送第一感知信号。In a possible implementation, if the first sensing device is the sensing device 204 in FIG. 3B , that is, the first sensing device is a terminal, the first sensing device may sense the first target based on the network device to which it is connected (such as the fifth sensing device) or the communication resources configured by the sensing management device. For example, the fifth sensing device sends information about the second time-frequency resource to the first sensing device. After the first sensing device receives the information about the second time-frequency resource, it senses the first target at the second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource, and obtains the first sensing information. The information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate the information used to sense the first target at the second moment. In other words, the first perception device sends the first perception signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information of the second time-frequency resource.

可选的,第一感知装置获取到第一感知信息后,通过第五感知装置向感知管理装置发送第一感知信息。Optionally, after the first perception device obtains the first perception information, the first perception information is sent to the perception management device through the fifth perception device.

可以理解的,在方式3中,第一感知装置在发送第一感知信号之前获取到第一位置信息,所以可以采用波束赋形技术在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上发射发送波束,并通过该发送波束发送第一感知信号,以提升第一感知信号的发射功率,进而可以提升第一感知信号的反射信号的接收功率以及反射信号的接收信噪比。后续,第一感知装置采用波束赋形技术在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上发射接收波束,并通过该接收波束接收上述反射信号,以提升反射信号的接收功率和接收信噪比,使得获取的第一感知信息更为准确,进而可以提升检测到第一目标的概率和定位精度。It can be understood that in method 3, the first sensing device obtains the first position information before sending the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a transmission beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the first sensing signal is sent through the transmission beam to increase the transmission power of the first sensing signal, thereby increasing the receiving power of the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal. Subsequently, the first sensing device uses the beamforming technology to transmit a receiving beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and receives the above-mentioned reflected signal through the receiving beam to increase the receiving power and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, so that the acquired first sensing information is more accurate, thereby increasing the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.

以上介绍了感知管理装置指示第一感知装置在第二时刻感知第一目标。在具体应用中,除了第一感知装置之外,感知管理装置还可以指示其他感知装置在第二时刻感知第一目标,并结合第一感知信息和其他感知装置得到的感知信息(如第三感知信息)确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以进一步提高定位精度。应理解,其他感知装置可以通过方式3、下述方式4或多站感知模式获得感知信息,不予限制。The above describes that the perception management device instructs the first perception device to perceive the first target at the second moment. In a specific application, in addition to the first perception device, the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the second moment, and combine the first perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the third perception information) to determine the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy. It should be understood that other perception devices can obtain perception information through method 3, the following method 4 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.

方式4:第三感知装置根据第一位置信息在第二时刻发送第一感知信号,第一感知装置接收第一感知信号的反射信号,根据该反射信号确定第一感知信息。示例性的,以图3C所示的通信场景33或图3D所示的通信场景34为例,第一感知装置为感知装置202,第三感知装置为感知装置204,或者第一感知装置为感知装置204,第三感知装置为感知装置202。以图3E所示的通信场景35为例,第一感知装置为感知装置204,第三感知装置为感知装置206,或者第一感知装置为感知装置206,第三感知装置为感知装置204。Mode 4: The third sensing device sends a first sensing signal at a second moment according to the first location information, and the first sensing device receives a reflection signal of the first sensing signal, and determines the first sensing information according to the reflection signal. Exemplarily, taking the communication scenario 33 shown in FIG. 3C or the communication scenario 34 shown in FIG. 3D as an example, the first sensing device is sensing device 202, the third sensing device is sensing device 204, or the first sensing device is sensing device 204, and the third sensing device is sensing device 202. Taking the communication scenario 35 shown in FIG. 3E as an example, the first sensing device is sensing device 204, the third sensing device is sensing device 206, or the first sensing device is sensing device 206, and the third sensing device is sensing device 204.

可以理解的,与方式3的逻辑类似,若第一感知装置或第三感知装置为终端,二者可根据其所接入的网络设备(如第五感知装置)或感知管理装置配置的通信资源感知第一目标。举例来说,第五感知装置向第一感知装置(或第三感知装置)发送第二时频资源的信息,第一感知装置(或第三感知装置)接收到第二时频资源的信息后,根据第一位置信息和第二时频资源的信息在第二时刻感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。也就是说,第三感知装置在第二时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上发送第一感知信号,第一感知装置在第二时频资源的信息指示的时频资源上接收反射信号。It can be understood that, similar to the logic of method 3, if the first sensing device or the third sensing device is a terminal, the two can sense the first target based on the network device (such as the fifth sensing device) to which they are connected or the communication resources configured by the sensing management device. For example, the fifth sensing device sends information about the second time-frequency resource to the first sensing device (or the third sensing device). After the first sensing device (or the third sensing device) receives the information about the second time-frequency resource, it senses the first target at the second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource, and obtains the first sensing information. In other words, the third sensing device sends the first sensing signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the second time-frequency resource, and the first sensing device receives the reflected signal on the time-frequency resource indicated by the information about the second time-frequency resource.

可选的,第一感知装置获取到第一感知信息后,通过第五感知装置向感知管理装置发送第一感知信息。Optionally, after the first perception device obtains the first perception information, the first perception information is sent to the perception management device through the fifth perception device.

可以理解的,若第一感知装置为终端,第三感知装置为网络设备,则第五感知装置和第三感知装置可以相同或不同。类似的,若第三感知装置为终端,第一感知装置为网络设备,则第五感知装置和第一感知装置可以相同或不同。It is understandable that if the first sensing device is a terminal and the third sensing device is a network device, the fifth sensing device and the third sensing device may be the same or different. Similarly, if the third sensing device is a terminal and the first sensing device is a network device, the fifth sensing device and the first sensing device may be the same or different.

可以理解的,在方式4中,第三感知装置在发送第一感知信号之前获取到第一位置信息,所以可以采用波束赋形技术在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上发射发送波束,并通过该发送波束发送第一感知信号,以提升第一感知信号的发射功率,进而可以提升第一感知信号的反射信号的接收功率以及反射信号的接收信噪比。第一感知装置在接收第一感知信号的反射信号之前获取到第一位置信息,所以可以采用波束赋形技术在第一位置信息指示的位置的方向上发射接收波束,并通过该接收波束接收上述反射信号,以提升反射信号的接收功率和接收信噪比,使得获取的第一感知信息更为准确,进而可以提升检测到第一目标的概率和定位精度。It can be understood that in mode 4, the third sensing device obtains the first position information before sending the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a transmission beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the first sensing signal is sent through the transmission beam to increase the transmission power of the first sensing signal, thereby increasing the receiving power of the reflected signal of the first sensing signal and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal. The first sensing device obtains the first position information before receiving the reflected signal of the first sensing signal, so the beamforming technology can be used to transmit a receiving beam in the direction of the position indicated by the first position information, and the reflected signal is received through the receiving beam to increase the receiving power and the receiving signal-to-noise ratio of the reflected signal, so that the acquired first sensing information is more accurate, thereby increasing the probability of detecting the first target and the positioning accuracy.

以上介绍了感知管理装置指示第一感知装置和第三感知装置采用双站感知模式在第二时刻感知第一目标。在具体应用中,除了第一感知装置和第三感知装置之外,感知管理装置还可以指示其他感知装置在第二时刻感知第一目标,并结合第一感知信息和其他感知装置得到的感知信息(如第四感知信息)确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置,以进一步提高定位精度。应理解,其他感知装置可以通过上述方式3、方式4或多站感知模式获得感知信息,不予限制。The above describes that the perception management device instructs the first perception device and the third perception device to use the dual-station perception mode to perceive the first target at the second moment. In a specific application, in addition to the first perception device and the third perception device, the perception management device can also instruct other perception devices to perceive the first target at the second moment, and combine the first perception information and the perception information obtained by other perception devices (such as the fourth perception information) to determine the position of the first target at the second moment, so as to further improve the positioning accuracy. It should be understood that other perception devices can obtain perception information through the above-mentioned method 3, method 4 or multi-station perception mode without limitation.

可以理解的,在方式4中,第三感知装置可以采用与第一感知装置类似的方式获取第一位置 信息,和/或,第二时刻的信息,和/或,第二指示信息,和/或,第三指示信息。It can be understood that in mode 4, the third sensing device can obtain the first position in a similar manner as the first sensing device. Information, and/or, information at the second moment, and/or, second indication information, and/or, third indication information.

可以理解的,上述S5011-S5012以及S5021-S5022中的感知管理装置、第一感知装置、第二感知装置、第三感知装置或第四感知装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置40中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的应用程序代码来执行,本申请对此不做任何限制。It can be understood that the actions of the perception management device, the first perception device, the second perception device, the third perception device or the fourth perception device in the above S5011-S5012 and S5021-S5022 can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device 40 shown in Figure 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 403, and this application does not impose any restrictions on this.

可以理解的,图5或图6所示的方法可以对第一目标进行精准定位,因此,图5或图6所述的方法可用于智能交通场景中的车辆追踪、无人机追踪及导航、道路中的人、动物、车辆或无人机等的检测及定位。It can be understood that the method shown in Figure 5 or Figure 6 can accurately locate the first target. Therefore, the method described in Figure 5 or Figure 6 can be used for vehicle tracking, drone tracking and navigation in intelligent traffic scenarios, and detection and positioning of people, animals, vehicles or drones on the road.

上述主要从各个装置之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的感知管理装置,或者包含上述感知管理装置的装置,或者为可用于感知管理装置的部件;或者,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的感知装置(如第一感知装置、第二感知装置、第三感知装置、第四感知装置、第五感知装置或第六感知装置等),或者包含上述感知装置的装置,或者为可用于感知装置的部件。可以理解的是,上述感知管理装置或者感知装置等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法操作,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the scheme provided by the present application from the perspective of interaction between various devices. Accordingly, the present application also provides a communication device, which can be a perception management device in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above perception management device, or a component that can be used for the perception management device; or, the communication device can be a perception device (such as a first perception device, a second perception device, a third perception device, a fourth perception device, a fifth perception device or a sixth perception device, etc.) in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above perception device, or a component that can be used for the perception device. It can be understood that the above perception management device or perception device, etc., in order to realize the above functions, includes a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the units and algorithm operations of each example described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is executed in the form of hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Professional and technical personnel can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to exceed the scope of the present application.

本申请可以根据上述方法示例对感知管理装置或感知装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可以理解的是,本申请中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The present application can divide the functional modules of the perception management device or the perception device according to the above method example. For example, each functional module can be divided according to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It can be understood that the division of modules in the present application is schematic and is only a logical functional division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation.

比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图8示出了一种通信装置80的结构示意图。通信装置80包括处理模块801。可选的,通信装置80还包括接口模块802。其中,处理模块801,也可以称为处理单元用于执行除了收发操作之外的操作,例如可以是处理电路或者处理器等。接口模块802,也可以称为接口单元用于执行收发操作,例如可以是接口电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口等。For example, in the case of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner, FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device 80. The communication device 80 includes a processing module 801. Optionally, the communication device 80 also includes an interface module 802. The processing module 801, which may also be referred to as a processing unit, is used to perform operations other than transceiver operations, such as a processing circuit or a processor. The interface module 802, which may also be referred to as an interface unit, is used to perform transceiver operations, such as an interface circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.

在一些实施例中,该通信装置80还可以包括存储模块(图8中未示出),用于存储程序指令和数据。In some embodiments, the communication device 80 may further include a storage module (not shown in FIG. 8 ) for storing program instructions and data.

示例性地,通信装置80用于实现感知管理装置的功能。通信装置80例如为图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例所述的感知管理装置。Exemplarily, the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the perception management device. The communication device 80 is, for example, the perception management device described in the embodiment shown in FIG5 or the embodiment shown in FIG6.

其中,处理模块801,用于在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息。其中,第一位置信息用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置,第二时刻晚于第一时刻。例如,处理模块801可以用于执行S501。The processing module 801 is used to obtain first position information of a first target at a first moment. The first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at a second moment, and the second moment is later than the first moment. For example, the processing module 801 can be used to execute S501.

处理模块801,还用于获取第一感知信息。其中,第一感知信息用于指示根据第一位置信息在第二时刻感知到的第一目标的信息。例如,处理模块801可以用于执行S802。The processing module 801 is further used to obtain first perception information. The first perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information. For example, the processing module 801 can be used to execute S802.

处理模块801,还用于根据第一感知信息确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。例如,处理模块801可以用于执行S803。The processing module 801 is further configured to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment according to the first perception information. For example, the processing module 801 can be configured to execute S803.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,具体用于通过接口模块802向第一感知装置发送第一位置信息;处理模块801,还具体用于通过接口模块802接收来自第一感知装置的第一感知信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 801 is specifically used to send the first position information to the first sensing device through the interface module 802; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to receive the first sensing information from the first sensing device through the interface module 802.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,第一角度信息用于指示在第二时刻,第一目标与第一感知装置之间的方位角,该第二位置信息用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;其中,第一指示信息用于指示在第二时刻是否检测到第一 目标,第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,第一多普勒信息用于指示第一感知信号的多普勒频移,第一感知信号为用于感知第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation manner, the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information, or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,用于向第一感知装置发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is used to send second indication information to the first perception device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,接口模块802,还用于向第一感知装置发送第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。In one possible implementation, the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, and the interface module 802 is also used to send third indication information to the first perception device, and the third indication information is used to indicate the device for sending the perception signal and/or the device for receiving the perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于向第一感知装置发送第二时刻的信息。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further configured to send information at the second moment to the first sensing device.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,具体用于获取第二感知信息,第二感知信息用于指示在第一时刻之前的第三时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;处理模块801,还具体用于在第一时刻根据第二感知信息确定第一位置信息。In one possible implementation, the processing module 801 is specifically used to obtain second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of a first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to determine the first position information at the first moment based on the second perception information.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,具体用于通过接口模块802接收来自第二感知装置的第二感知信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 801 is specifically configured to receive second perception information from a second perception device through the interface module 802 .

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于向第二感知装置发送第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to send fourth indication information to the second perception device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,还用于获取第一感知装置的位置信息,第一感知装置的位置信息用于确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 801 is further used to obtain position information of the first sensing device, and the position information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,还用于获取第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the processing module 801 is further used to obtain the array orientation information of the first sensing device, and the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知装置既可以是网络设备又可以是终端。In a possible implementation, the first sensing device may be either a network device or a terminal.

当用于实现感知管理装置的功能时,关于通信装置80所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of the perception management device, regarding other functions that the communication device 80 can implement, reference can be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in Figure 5 or the embodiment shown in Figure 6, and no further details will be given.

或者,示例性地,通信装置80用于实现第一感知装置或第二感知装置的功能。通信装置80例如为图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例所述的第一感知装置或第二感知装置。Alternatively, illustratively, the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of the first sensing device or the second sensing device. The communication device 80 is, for example, the first sensing device or the second sensing device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .

其中,处理模块801,用于在第四时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息。其中,第一位置信息用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置,第二时刻晚于第四时刻。例如,处理模块801可以用于执行S5021。The processing module 801 is used to obtain the first position information of the first target at the fourth moment. The first position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment, and the second moment is later than the fourth moment. For example, the processing module 801 can be used to execute S5021.

接口模块802,用于发送第一感知信息。其中,第一感知信息是根据第一位置信息在第二时刻感知第一目标得到的,第一感知信息用于确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。例如,接口模块802可以用于执行S5022。The interface module 802 is used to send first perception information. The first perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at the second moment according to the first location information, and the first perception information is used to determine the location information of the first target at the second moment. For example, the interface module 802 can be used to execute S5022.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,第一角度信息用于指示在第二时刻,第一目标与第一感知装置之间的方位角,第二位置信息用于指示第一目标在第二时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;其中,第一指示信息用于指示在第二时刻是否检测到第一目标,第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,第一多普勒信息用于指示第一感知信号的多普勒频移,第一感知信号为用于感知第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation, the first perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; wherein the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode.

一种可能的实现方式,第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,接口模块802,还用于接收第三指示信息,第三指示信息用于指示双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。In one possible implementation, the perception mode of the first perception information is a dual-station perception mode, and the interface module 802 is also used to receive third indication information, and the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第二时刻的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the interface module 802 is further configured to receive information at the second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,处理模块801,具体用于通过接口模块802发送第二感知信息,第二感知信息用于指示在第一时刻之前的第二时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;处理模块801,还具体用于通过接口模块802在第四时刻接收第一位置信息。In one possible implementation, the processing module 801 is specifically used to send second perception information through the interface module 802, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a second moment before the first moment; the processing module 801 is also specifically used to receive the first position information at a fourth moment through the interface module 802.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示感 知目标。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further configured to receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the sense Know the goal.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于发送第一时频资源的信息,第一时频资源的信息用于指示在第三时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。In a possible implementation manner, the interface module 802 is further configured to send information about the first time-frequency resource, where the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at a third moment.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第二感知信息,第二感知信息是在第一时频资源上感知到的信息。In a possible implementation manner, the interface module 802 is further configured to receive second perception information, where the second perception information is information perceived on the first time-frequency resource.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于发送第二时频资源的信息,第二时频资源的信息用于指示在第二时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。In a possible implementation manner, the interface module 802 is further configured to send information about a second time-frequency resource, where the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at a second moment.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第一感知信息,第一感知信息是根据第二时频资源的信息和第一位置信息在第二时刻感知第一目标得到的。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to receive first perception information, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on information about the second time-frequency resource and the first location information.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于发送第一信息,第一信息用于确定第一位置信息。In a possible implementation manner, the interface module 802 is further configured to send first information, where the first information is used to determine the first location information.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第一时频资源的信息;处理模块801,还用于在第三时刻根据第一时频资源的信息感知第一目标,得到第二感知信息。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to receive information about the first time-frequency resource; the processing module 801 is further used to perceive the first target according to the information about the first time-frequency resource at a third moment to obtain second perception information.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第二时频资源的信息;处理模块801,还用于根据第一位置信息和第二时频资源的信息在第二时刻感知第一目标,得到第一感知信息。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to receive information about a second time-frequency resource; the processing module 801 is further used to perceive the first target at a second moment based on the first position information and the information about the second time-frequency resource to obtain first perception information.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于发送第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定第一目标在第二时刻的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to send the array orientation information of the first sensing device, and the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment.

当用于实现感知装置(如第一感知装置或第二感知装置)的功能时,关于通信装置80所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the function of a sensing device (such as a first sensing device or a second sensing device), regarding other functions that the communication device 80 can implement, reference can be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in Figure 5 or the embodiment shown in Figure 6, and no further details will be given.

或者,示例性地,通信装置80用于实现感知装置(如第五感知装置或第六感知装置)的功能。通信装置80例如为图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例所述的感知装置。Alternatively, illustratively, the communication device 80 is used to implement the function of a sensing device (such as the fifth sensing device or the sixth sensing device). The communication device 80 is, for example, the sensing device described in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 or the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .

其中,接口模块802,用于发送第一时频资源的信息。其中,第一时频资源的信息用于指示在第三时刻用于感知第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。The interface module 802 is configured to send information about the first time-frequency resource, wherein the information about the first time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource used to perceive a perception signal of the first target at the third moment.

接口模块802,还用于接收第二感知信息。其中,第二感知信息是根据第一时频资源的信息在第三时刻感知第一目标得到的。The interface module 802 is further configured to receive second perception information, wherein the second perception information is obtained by perceiving the first target at a third moment according to information of the first time-frequency resource.

一种可能的实现方式,第二感知信息包括第二角度信息或第三位置信息,第二角度信息用于指示在第三时刻,第一目标与第二感知装置之间的方位角,第三位置信息用于指示第一目标在第三时刻的位置。In one possible implementation, the second perception information includes second angle information or third position information, the second angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the second perception device at a third moment, and the third position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the third moment.

一种可能的实现方式,第二感知信息还包括以下至少一项:第三时刻的信息、第五指示信息、第二时延信息或第二多普勒信息;其中,第五指示信息用于指示在第三时刻是否检测到第一目标,第二时延信息用于指示第二感知信号的传输时延,第二多普勒信息用于指示第二感知信号的多普勒频移,第二感知信号为用于感知第一目标的信号。In a possible implementation, the second perception information also includes at least one of the following: information at a third moment, fifth indication information, second delay information or second Doppler information; wherein the fifth indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the third moment, the second delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the second perception signal, the second Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the second perception signal, and the second perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target.

一种可能的实现方式,接口模块802,还用于接收第四指示信息,第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。In a possible implementation, the interface module 802 is further used to receive fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target.

当用于实现感知装置(如第五感知装置或第六感知装置)的功能时,关于通信装置80所能实现的其他功能,可参考图5所示的实施例或图6所示的实施例的相关介绍,不多赘述。When used to implement the functions of a sensing device (such as the fifth sensing device or the sixth sensing device), regarding other functions that the communication device 80 can implement, reference can be made to the relevant introduction of the embodiment shown in Figure 5 or the embodiment shown in Figure 6, and no further details will be given.

在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到通信装置80可以采用图4所示的形式。比如,图4中的处理器401可以通过调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置80执行上述方法实施例中所述的方法。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may imagine that the communication device 80 may be in the form shown in Figure 4. For example, the processor 401 in Figure 4 may call the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 403 to enable the communication device 80 to execute the method described in the above method embodiment.

示例性的,图8中的处理模块801和接口模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图4中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图8中的处理模块801的功能/实现过程可以通过图4中的处理器401调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图8中的接口模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图4中的通信接口404来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 801 and the interface module 802 in FIG8 can be implemented by the processor 401 in FIG4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403. Alternatively, the functions/implementation processes of the processing module 801 in FIG8 can be implemented by the processor 401 in FIG4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403, and the functions/implementation processes of the interface module 802 in FIG8 can be implemented by the communication interface 404 in FIG4.

可以理解的是,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,所述软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中,处理器可以用于执行所述程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或 处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。It is understandable that one or more of the above modules or units can be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of the two. When any of the above modules or units is implemented by software, the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in a memory, and a processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow. The processor can be built into an SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip. The processor is used to execute software instructions to perform calculations or In addition to the processing core, it may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), PLDs (programmable logic devices), or logic circuits that implement dedicated logic operations.

当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。When the above modules or units are implemented in hardware, the hardware can be any one or any combination of a CPU, a microprocessor, a digital signal processing (DSP) chip, a microcontroller unit (MCU), an artificial intelligence processor, an ASIC, a SoC, an FPGA, a PLD, a dedicated digital circuit, a hardware accelerator or a non-integrated discrete device, which can run the necessary software or not rely on the software to execute the above method flow.

可选的,本申请还提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,该至少一个处理器通过接口与存储器耦合,当该至少一个处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得上述任一方法实施例中的方法被执行。在一种可能的实现方式中,该芯片系统还包括存储器。可选的,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the present application also provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes a computer program or instruction in the memory, the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed. In one possible implementation, the chip system also includes a memory. Optionally, the chip system can be composed of a chip, or it can include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the present application.

可选的,本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。计算机可读存储介质可以是前述任一实施例的通信装置的内部存储单元,例如通信装置的硬盘或内存。上述计算机可读存储介质也可以是上述通信装置的外部存储设备,例如上述通信装置上配备的插接式硬盘,智能存储卡(smart media card,SMC),安全数字(secure digital,SD)卡,闪存卡(flash card)等。进一步地,上述计算机可读存储介质还可以既包括上述通信装置的内部存储单元也包括外部存储设备。上述计算机可读存储介质用于存储上述计算机程序以及上述通信装置所需的其他程序和数据。上述计算机可读存储介质还可以用于暂时地存储已经输出或者将要输出的数据。Optionally, the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct the relevant hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments. The computer-readable storage medium can be an internal storage unit of the communication device of any of the above embodiments, such as a hard disk or memory of the communication device. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be an external storage device of the above communication device, such as a plug-in hard disk, a smart memory card (smart media card, SMC), a secure digital (secure digital, SD) card, a flash card (flash card), etc. equipped on the above communication device. Further, the above computer-readable storage medium can also include both the internal storage unit of the above communication device and an external storage device. The above computer-readable storage medium is used to store the above computer program and other programs and data required by the above communication device. The above computer-readable storage medium can also be used to temporarily store data that has been output or is to be output.

可选的,本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成,该程序可存储于上述计算机程序产品中,该程序在执行时,可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。Optionally, the present application also provides a computer program product. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by a computer program to instruct related hardware, and the program can be stored in the above computer program product. When the program is executed, it can include the processes of the above method embodiments.

可选的,本申请还提供了一种计算机指令。上述方法实施例中的全部或者部分流程可以由计算机指令来指令相关的硬件(如计算机、处理器、感知管理装置或上述感知装置等)完成。该程序可被存储于上述计算机可读存储介质中或上述计算机程序产品中。Optionally, the present application also provides a computer instruction. All or part of the processes in the above method embodiments can be completed by computer instructions to instruct related hardware (such as a computer, a processor, a perception management device or the above perception device, etc.). The program can be stored in the above computer-readable storage medium or in the above computer program product.

可选的,本申请还提供了一种通信系统,包括:上述实施例中的感知管理装置和第一感知装置。可选的,该通信系统还包括一下至少一项:第二感知装置、第三感知装置、第四感知装置、第五感知装置或第六感知装置。Optionally, the present application further provides a communication system, comprising: the perception management device and the first perception device in the above embodiment. Optionally, the communication system further comprises at least one of the following: a second perception device, a third perception device, a fourth perception device, a fifth perception device or a sixth perception device.

通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above implementation methods, technical personnel in the relevant field can clearly understand that for the convenience and simplicity of description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example. In actual applications, the above-mentioned functions can be assigned to different functional modules as needed, that is, the internal structure of the device can be divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the modules or units is only a logical function division. There may be other division methods in actual implementation, such as multiple units or components can be combined or integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored or not executed. Another point is that the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed can be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, which can be electrical, mechanical or other forms.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, they may be located in one place or distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the present embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units.

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (34)

一种目标检测方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A target detection method, characterized in that the method comprises: 在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,所述第一位置信息用于指示所述第一目标在第二时刻的位置,所述第二时刻晚于所述第一时刻;Acquire first position information of a first target at a first moment, where the first position information is used to indicate a position of the first target at a second moment, where the second moment is later than the first moment; 获取第一感知信息,所述第一感知信息用于指示根据所述第一位置信息在所述第二时刻感知到的所述第一目标的信息;Acquire first perception information, where the first perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at the second moment according to the first position information; 根据所述第一感知信息确定所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置信息。Determine the location information of the first target at the second moment based on the first perception information. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第一感知信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the obtaining of the first perception information comprises: 向第一感知装置发送所述第一位置信息;sending the first location information to a first sensing device; 接收来自所述第一感知装置的所述第一感知信息。Receive the first sensing information from the first sensing device. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,所述第一角度信息用于指示在所述第二时刻,所述第一目标与所述第一感知装置之间的方位角,所述第二位置信息用于指示所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置。The method according to claim 2 is characterized in that the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:所述第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;The method according to claim 3 is characterized in that the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; 其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二时刻是否检测到所述第一目标,所述第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,所述第一多普勒信息用于指示所述第一感知信号的多普勒频移,所述第一感知信号为用于感知所述第一目标的信号。Among them, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target. 根据权利要求2-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 4, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第一感知装置发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。Send second indication information to the first sensing device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the sensing mode of the first sensing information is a single-station sensing mode or a dual-station sensing mode. 根据权利要求2-5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 5, characterized in that the sensing mode of the first sensing information is a dual-station sensing mode, and the method further comprises: 向所述第一感知装置发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。Send third indication information to the first perception device, where the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode. 根据权利要求2-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 6, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第一感知装置发送第二时刻的信息。Send information at the second moment to the first sensing device. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第一时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that acquiring the first position information of the first target at the first moment comprises: 获取第二感知信息,所述第二感知信息用于指示在所述第一时刻之前的第三时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;Acquire second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a third moment before the first moment; 在所述第一时刻根据所述第二感知信息确定所述第一位置信息。The first position information is determined at the first moment according to the second perception information. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述获取第二感知信息,包括:The method according to claim 8, characterized in that the obtaining of the second perception information comprises: 接收来自第二感知装置的所述第二感知信息。The second sensing information is received from a second sensing device. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises: 向所述第二感知装置发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。Send fourth indication information to the second sensing device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a sensing target. 根据权利要求2-7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7, characterized in that the method further comprises: 获取所述第一感知装置的位置信息,所述第一感知装置的位置信息用于确定所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置信息。Acquire location information of the first sensing device, where the location information of the first sensing device is used to determine location information of the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求2-7或11中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 7 or 11, characterized in that the method further comprises: 获取所述第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,所述第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置信息。Acquire the array orientation information of the first sensing device, where the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求2-7、11或12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知装置为网络设备或终端。The method according to any one of claims 2-7, 11 or 12 is characterized in that the first sensing device is a network device or a terminal. 一种目标检测方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A target detection method, characterized in that the method comprises: 在第四时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,所述第一位置信息用于指示所述第一目标在第二时刻的位置,所述第二时刻晚于所述第四时刻; Acquire first position information of a first target at a fourth moment, where the first position information is used to indicate a position of the first target at a second moment, where the second moment is later than the fourth moment; 发送第一感知信息,所述第一感知信息是根据所述第一位置信息在所述第二时刻感知所述第一目标得到的,所述第一感知信息用于确定所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置信息。Send first perception information, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on the first position information, and the first perception information is used to determine the position information of the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息包括第一角度信息或第二位置信息,所述第一角度信息用于指示在所述第二时刻,所述第一目标与第一感知装置之间的方位角,所述第二位置信息用于指示所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置。The method according to claim 14 is characterized in that the first perception information includes first angle information or second position information, the first angle information is used to indicate the azimuth between the first target and the first perception device at the second moment, and the second position information is used to indicate the position of the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息还包括以下至少一项:所述第二时刻的信息、第一指示信息、第一时延信息或第一多普勒信息;The method according to claim 15, characterized in that the first perception information further includes at least one of the following: information at the second moment, first indication information, first delay information or first Doppler information; 其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二时刻是否检测到所述第一目标,所述第一时延信息用于指示第一感知信号的传输时延,所述第一多普勒信息用于指示所述第一感知信号的多普勒频移,所述第一感知信号为用于感知所述第一目标的信号。Among them, the first indication information is used to indicate whether the first target is detected at the second moment, the first delay information is used to indicate the transmission delay of the first perception signal, the first Doppler information is used to indicate the Doppler frequency shift of the first perception signal, and the first perception signal is a signal used to perceive the first target. 根据权利要求14-16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 16, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第一感知信息的感知模式为单站感知模式或双站感知模式。Receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the perception mode of the first perception information is a single-station perception mode or a dual-station perception mode. 根据权利要求14-17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一感知信息的感知模式为双站感知模式,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, characterized in that the sensing mode of the first sensing information is a dual-station sensing mode, and the method further comprises: 接收第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述双站感知模式中发送感知信号的装置和/或接收感知信号的装置。Receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate a device for sending a perception signal and/or a device for receiving a perception signal in the dual-station perception mode. 根据权利要求14-18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第二时刻的信息。Receive information at the second moment. 根据权利要求14-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在第四时刻获取第一目标的第一位置信息,包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, characterized in that the acquiring the first position information of the first target at the fourth moment comprises: 发送第二感知信息,所述第二感知信息用于指示在所述第一时刻之前的第二时刻感知到的第一目标的信息;Sending second perception information, where the second perception information is used to indicate information of the first target perceived at a second moment before the first moment; 在所述第四时刻接收所述第一位置信息。The first location information is received at the fourth time. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示感知目标。Fourth indication information is received, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a perception target. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第一时频资源的信息,所述第一时频资源的信息用于指示在所述第三时刻用于感知所述第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。Send information about first time-frequency resources, where the information about the first time-frequency resources is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the third moment. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收所述第二感知信息,所述第二感知信息是在所述第一时频资源上感知到的信息。The second perception information is received, where the second perception information is information perceived on the first time-frequency resource. 根据权利要求14-23中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 23, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第二时频资源的信息,所述第二时频资源的信息用于指示在所述第二时刻用于感知所述第一目标的感知信号的时频资源。Send information about a second time-frequency resource, where the information about the second time-frequency resource is used to indicate a time-frequency resource of a perception signal used to perceive the first target at the second moment. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收所述第一感知信息,所述第一感知信息是根据所述第二时频资源的信息和所述第一位置信息在所述第二时刻感知所述第一目标得到的。The first perception information is received, where the first perception information is obtained by sensing the first target at the second moment based on information about the second time-frequency resource and the first location information. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于确定所述第一位置信息。Sending first information, where the first information is used to determine the first location information. 根据权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第一时频资源的信息;Receiving information of a first time-frequency resource; 在所述第三时刻根据所述第一时频资源的信息感知所述第一目标,得到所述第二感知信息。At the third moment, the first target is sensed according to the information of the first time-frequency resource to obtain the second perception information. 根据权利要求14-21或27中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 21 or 27, characterized in that the method further comprises: 接收第二时频资源的信息;Receiving information of a second time-frequency resource; 根据所述第一位置信息和所述第二时频资源的信息在所述第二时刻感知所述第一目标,得到所述第一感知信息。The first target is sensed at the second moment according to the first position information and information of the second time-frequency resource to obtain the first perception information. 根据权利要求14-28中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括: The method according to any one of claims 14 to 28, characterized in that the method further comprises: 发送第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息,所述第一感知装置的阵面朝向信息用于确定所述第一目标在所述第二时刻的位置信息。Sending array orientation information of a first sensing device, where the array orientation information of the first sensing device is used to determine position information of the first target at the second moment. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述方法的单元或模块,或者包括用于执行如权利要求14至29中任一项所述方法的单元或模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit or module for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 13, or comprising a unit or module for executing the method as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法,或者执行如权利要求14至29中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store programs or instructions, when the program or instructions are executed by the processor, the device executes the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 13, or executes the method as described in any one of claims 14 to 29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序或指令,其特征在于,所述计算机程序或指令被执行时使得计算机执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法或者如权利要求14至29中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium having a computer program or instruction stored thereon, wherein when the computer program or instruction is executed, the computer is caused to execute the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 13 or the method as claimed in any one of claims 14 to 29. 一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中包括计算机程序代码,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机实现权利要求1至13中任一项所述的方法或者实现权利要求14至29中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, comprising a computer program code, characterized in that when the computer program code is run on a computer, the computer implements the method described in any one of claims 1 to 13 or implements the method described in any one of claims 14 to 29. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括:用于执行如权利要求1至13中任一项所述方法的装置,和/或,用于执行如权利要求14至29中任一项所述方法的装置。 A communication system, characterized in that it comprises: an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 1 to 13, and/or an apparatus for executing the method as described in any one of claims 14 to 29.
PCT/CN2023/112912 2023-08-14 2023-08-14 Object detection method, device, and system Pending WO2025035357A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/112912 WO2025035357A1 (en) 2023-08-14 2023-08-14 Object detection method, device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2023/112912 WO2025035357A1 (en) 2023-08-14 2023-08-14 Object detection method, device, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025035357A1 true WO2025035357A1 (en) 2025-02-20

Family

ID=94632066

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/112912 Pending WO2025035357A1 (en) 2023-08-14 2023-08-14 Object detection method, device, and system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025035357A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109451430A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Environment perception method and communication equipment
WO2023011564A1 (en) * 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Method, communication apparatus and system for providing communication sensing service
WO2023116673A1 (en) * 2021-12-22 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sensing method and apparatus and communication device
WO2023116754A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Target positioning sensing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN116380088A (en) * 2023-06-05 2023-07-04 小米汽车科技有限公司 Vehicle positioning method and device, vehicle and storage medium

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109451430A (en) * 2017-08-25 2019-03-08 华为技术有限公司 Environment perception method and communication equipment
WO2023011564A1 (en) * 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 华为技术有限公司 Method, communication apparatus and system for providing communication sensing service
WO2023116673A1 (en) * 2021-12-22 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Sensing method and apparatus and communication device
WO2023116754A1 (en) * 2021-12-24 2023-06-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Target positioning sensing method and apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN116380088A (en) * 2023-06-05 2023-07-04 小米汽车科技有限公司 Vehicle positioning method and device, vehicle and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ALAIN SULTAN, XIAOMI, QUALCOMM, OPPO, HUAWEI: "New use case: Vehicles Sensing for ADAS", 3GPP DRAFT; S1-230693; TYPE PCR; FS_SENSING, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG1, no. Athens, GR; 20230220 - 20230224, 1 March 2023 (2023-03-01), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052250336 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12089117B2 (en) Sensor network enhancement mechanisms
WO2022073207A1 (en) Model evaluation method and apparatus
WO2022228018A1 (en) Beam management method and apparatus
WO2021168841A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus
US20250212162A1 (en) Relative position determining method and apparatus
WO2025119030A1 (en) Method for sending measurement information, and communication apparatus
WO2025035357A1 (en) Object detection method, device, and system
WO2024156109A1 (en) Sensing method and device
WO2024109682A9 (en) Method and apparatus for positioning
WO2024050803A1 (en) Sensing method, apparatus and system
CN116488697A (en) Communication method and device
WO2025130264A1 (en) Target detection method and device
CN113891249A (en) Network coverage determination method, device and storage medium
WO2025156783A1 (en) Sensing method and apparatus
WO2025086292A1 (en) Devices and methods for communication
CN119835725A (en) Method and device for determining target terminal
WO2025236849A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN119946824A (en) Communication method and device
WO2025140080A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2025209116A1 (en) Communication method, and apparatus
WO2025140264A1 (en) Positioning method and related apparatus
JP2025529964A (en) Passive Wireless Device Discovery
WO2024131758A1 (en) Sensing fusion method and apparatus, and communication device
CN120881722A (en) An information transmission method and communication device
WO2025098436A1 (en) Beam control method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23948792

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1